138

Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

Citation preview

Page 1: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS
Page 2: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS
Page 3: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

INTRODUCTION . . . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. .. . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . .. .. .. . .. . . . .. . . .. .. . .. .. . . . .. ... iv

CABLE LADDER TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 DEFFINITIONS . . . . . . ... ..... . ...... .. . .. ...... ... .. ... .. .. ...... ... .. 2

GENERAL DIMENSIONAL TERMINOLOGIES . . . . . . ....... .. ... .. ... ..... ... . 2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

ENGINEERING INFORMATIONS

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF CABLE LADDERS AND SUPPORTS WITH NEMA CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

NEMA STANDARDS . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 6

CABLE LADDER AND CABLE TROUGHS ORDERING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 16

BASIC PART NUMBERS OF CABLE LADDERS, CABLE TROUGHS AND CABLE TRAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

HOW TO ORDER CABLE LADDERS AND CABLE TROUGHS BY CATALOG NUMBERS .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 19

CABLE LADDER SERRIES

AM SERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

HS SERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. 26

MU SERIES .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

LD SSERIES . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. . ... ... . .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... 36

CABLE TROUGH SERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

CABLE LADDER AND CABLE TROUGH COVERS AND COVER ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

CABLE LADDER AND CABLE TROUGH STANDARD ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 46

CABLE TRAY ORDERING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

HOW TO ORDER TRAYS FOR BY CATALOG NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 50

CABLE TRAY

PLAIN TYPE (LP, MP, HP, XMP AND XHP SERIES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

OUTSIDE RETURN FLANGE TYPE (LR, MR, HR, XMR AND XHR SERIES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

INSIDE RETURN FLANGE TYPE (LI, M I, HI, XMI AND XHI SERIES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 59

90° INSIDE FLANGE TYPE (LC, MC, HC, XMC AND XHC SERIES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3

90° INSIDE RETURN FLANGE CABLE TRAY

Page 4: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

SPECIAL FITTINGS . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

CABLE TRAY COVERS ............... ............... ...................................... 71

CABLE TRAY COVERS ORDERING INFORMATION .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

HOW TO ORDER CABLE TRAY COVERS BY CATALOG NUMBERS ............................. ...... .. ......... ................. 71

CABLE TRAY COVER ACCESSORIES ............ ................................... 72

CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES ........................ ................................... 73

CABLE TRUNKING, SINGLE AND MULTI COMPARTMENT ... ..... ........... 75

CABLE TRUNKING ORDERING INFORMATION ................................... 76

CABLE TRUNKINGS

KWIK FIX COVER CABLE TRUNKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 SCREW FIX COVER CABLE TRUNKING .......................... ................... 77

SPARES AND ACCESSORIES .......................................................... 78

90° DEGREE BENDS

TOP COVER .................. ................................................................ 79

INSIDE I OUTSIDE COVER ...... ............................... ........ ................. 79

NON-GUSSET OUTSIDE COVER ........................ .............................. 79

TEES

TOP COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

INSIDE I OUTSIDE COVER ........... . .................................................. 80

45° DEGREE BENDS

TOP COVER ........... .................................................................. ..... 80

INSIDE I OUTSIDE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. ... . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 81

FOUR WAY UNIT .............. ......................... ......... ... ..................... 81

REDUCER ................................................ ................ . . ..... .............. 81

END STOP . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 FLANGE OUTLET ............. . ......... ........... ...... ............ ..................... 82

PIN RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

STIRRUP HANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 FITTING ADAPTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 82

KWIK FIX CUT COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

CABLE RETAINER . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

SOCKET PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

BELL MOUTH .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

CHANGE FACE UNIT ............... .......................................... .............. 83

WEIGHTS (CABLE AND LIGHTING TRUNKING) . ..... ................ ............ 84

11

Page 5: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

LINK STRUT METAL FRAMING SYSTEM

LINKSTRUT CHANNELS AND CHANNEL COMBINATIONS .................. 85

BEAM AND COLUMN LOADING DATA .......................... .. .... .................. 86

LINKSTRUT HARDWARES . . . .. ....... ... . . .. . ...... ... . ... . ... . . ... . ..... .. . .. . ... . . .......... 89

FLAT PLATE FITTINGS ......................................................................... .. 90

FLAT PLATE GUSSET FITTINGS AND 45 DEGREE KNEE BRACE ..................................................................... 91

90 DEGREE ANGLE FITTINGS ............................................................... 92

WING FITTINGS .......... .. ......... ...................................................... .......... 93

"U' FITTINGS ............................................................................................ 94

"Z" FITTINGS............................................................................................ 95

CLEVIS AND ANGULAR FITTINGS ......................................................... 96

BEAM CLAMPS .. .......... ..... .. .. ............ .......... ............. ... .. ..... . ........ .......... 97

POST BASES ........... .............................................................. ........ .... 98

CLEVISES...................... ................. ..................................... ..................... 99

END CAPS .... .................................. . ........................................................ 100

STANDARD BRACKETS AND SUPPORTS ............. .......... ..... ...... ...... .... 101

CONCRETE INSERTS ........................................................................... 102

TELECOMMUNICATION PRODUCTS

CABLE SUPPORT AND ACCESSORIES .............................................. 105

CABLE RUNWAY SUPPORT MATERIALS ACCESSORIES AND EARTHING PRODUCTS ...................................... 106

ANTENNA MASTS AND POLES .............................................................. 1 07

SPECIAL FABRICATED BOXES AND ENCLOSURES ................. .......... 108

ENCLOSURES AND CONTROLS ........................................................... 109

SPECIAL PRODUCTS .. ....... .... ... .. ... . .. .. . ... .. .. . . ... . .. .. . . .............. .... ... ... ... .. 110

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

ILLUSTRATION OF SELECTED DEFINITIONS ... ..................... ............ 113

4 EASY STEPS TO INSTALL LINKSTRUT CHANNELS AND FITTINGS ................................................................ ......................... 114

TRAPEZE TYPE HANGING SUPPORTS ................................................ 115

HANGING SUPPORT CEILING MOUNTED ............................................ 116

WALL MOUNTED SUPPORTS ............................................................... 117

FLOOR I CEILING SUPPORTS .............................................................. 118

REFERENCE DATA

FORMULAE ON COMMON EAM LOADING .......... .......... .... .. ... ...... ....... 120

DESIGN APPLICATIONS .................................... .................................... 121

METRIC CONVERSION CHART ................................................ .............. 122

MISCELLENOUS TABLES FOR PIPES, CONDUITS AND TUBINGS...... .... . .... ..... .... . . . ...... ...... ........ .... .. ... . . . .... ..... . ....... ... . .. .. ...... 124

CHANNEL FITTINGS DESIGN LOAD DATA .. ........ ........ ...... ........ ...... .... 129

MEMA DEFINITIONS .............................................................................. 130

APPLICATION OF ENCLOSURES ............................................. ............... 131

Page 6: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

INTRODUCTION From its inception in 1988, Electrolink Co. Ltd. is committed to quality in

manufacture of Cable Management Systems, namely Cable Tray, Cable

Ladder, Cable Trunking and Link strut Metal Framing Systems, used to

support industrial and commercial equipments for electrical, mechanical,

instrumentation, civil and telecommunication applications. Catering to all

aspects, Electrolink engineers are working side by side with contractors,

planning engineers and draftsmen, giving the necessary information on the

products to be used during the design, construction and installation

processes.

Electrolink Co. Ltd. uses high quality raw materials and adopts strict quality

control on all of the production processes and surface treatments applied on

its products, knowing well that corrosive environment and inferior quality

raw material is the most serious adversary of cable support materials. Our

continuous design and product development guarantees customers of our

sincere commitment to quality and their satisfaction.

Electrolink Co. Ltd. has grown and gained its reputation in the Industrial and

construction fields and is trusted by reputed companies in the Kingdom of

Saudi Arabia and other Middle East countries for their major projects,

resulting in continuous growth and expansion of the company beyond it's

humble expectations. Having achieved pre-set goal of accreditation with

IS0-9002 {certified by SGS United Kingdom Ltd Yarsley International

Certification Services under certificate no. Q 55763}, Electrolink renews it's

commitments to quality and customer satisfaction.

Electrolink in collaboration with its customers is proud of its strict and

exacting product design and engineering support. Our continuous

commitment to quality and total customer satisfaction will remain our main

mission and vision in the new millennium.

IV

Page 7: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

�, .... :.\, ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd. i�} 6�9' >�I ,4�1�.J��

"'ot;.k eo··

ELECTROLINK CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

CAB LE LADDER AND F ITTINGS

Page 8: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

0 )> m r m r )> 0 0 m :::0

ELEcraoliNk Co. LTd.

--4 m C') :I: SIDE RAIL

z (SIDE MEMBER/

C') STRINGER)

)> r-c RUNGS

� >

DEFINITIONS A) CABLE LADDER A pre-fabricated metal structrures that consist of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual traverse members called rungs.

B) SIDE RAILS Also called side members or stringers. Where the rungs are rigidly attached. Electrolink Cable Ladders has three (3) different types of side members, LC for light duty, MU and HS for general light, medium and heavy duty.

C) RUNGS are the traverse members that connects the two side rails. lt must be rigidly attached at both ends so as to avoid free movement, twisting or bending. Electrolink rung profiles are C -type, U - type and the 25mm x 25mm square tubular type.

GENERAL DIMENSIONAL TERMINOLOGIES A) WIDTH the inside dimension between he two side members . Electrolink standard dimensions are 150, 250,300.450,600,750 and 900 mm.

B) LENGTH the linear dimension from one end of cable ladder to the other end. Electrolink standard length is 3.0 meters. 2.44 meters (8Ft.}, 3.658 meters (12 Ft.) And 7.316 meters (24Ft. ) Long cable ladders are available on request.

C) RUNG SPACING the center to center distance (pitch) between two rungs. 150mm, 250mm and 300mm are the standard of Electrolink.

D) LOADING DEPTH is the distance between the upper part of the rung and the upper part of the side member measured vertically. Electrolink produces cable ladders with 38mm loading depth for LC type of side member and 75mm, 100mm, 125mm and 150mm loading depth for MU and HS types.

E) SIDE HEIGHT is the overall height of the cable ladder, measured between the top and bottom flanges.

F) FLANGE is the bended part along the length of the fabricated side rail, it serves as side member stiffener. Electrolink standard flanges are 20mm and 32mm other sizes can be manufactured on request.

'

FITTINGS used for changing directions vertically or horizontally, i.e., Horizontal and vertical elbow, horizontal and vertical tees. horizontal cross, reducers, adjustable elbows, etc.. Standard radii are 300mm, 600mm and 900mm.

- 2 -

Page 9: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

MILL GALVANIZED FINISH

Cable ladder straight sections and fittings are manufactured to ASTM 525 - G9 0 (BS29 89) also called pre - galvanized or continuously hot dip mill galvanized. During fabrication, welded areas,punched and cut edges are not normally zinc coated, however, the zinc near the uncoated metal becomes a sacrificial anode to protect the bare areas after a short period of time.

Mill galvanized steel is not used outdoors but is suitable for prolonged exposure in dry and mildly corrosive environment.

HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF) FINISH

Steel cable ladders and fittings are manufactured from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of BS 1 449 Part 1 (1 983) and Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF) Finish to ISO 1461 : 1 999(E) or ASTM A123 (Bs729) After manufacture, materials are dipped in a molten zinc bath that completely coats all surfaces including welds and cut edges.

Hot dip galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF) finish are recommended for extended outdoor use.

POWDER PAINTED FINISH

With RAL 7032-7035 as standard colors,powder painting can be applied even on galvanized steel, Electrolink offers several non - standard calor ranges available on request, consult factory for details. Customers must specify A ) Type of surface preparation required

( degreasing, primer coat, number of top coat (s) etc., B ) Type of paint needed or specific manufacturer, C) Coating thicknes� required in microns.

STAINLESS STEEL MATERIAL

Stainless steel grade 316 S 31, an austenitic type of stainless steel that can withstand very aggressive environment are commonly used in offshore installations. lt has superior corrosion resistance characteristics.

ALUMINUM

Easy and lower installation cost ( lightweight), great corrosion resistance and electrical conductivity are few of the chara,cteristics of aluminum. Electrolink uses 6063 series (minimum yield of 1 72 N/sq. mm.) practically copper free extruded aluminum for its Cable Ladder & Cable Trough products

:!: -i � m m (") ::0 j> :I: r z (/) ):>o (") z )> 0 ., r z 0 (/) I )> m � (/)

PROJECTED LIFE OF ZINC COATING IN DIFFERENT ENVIRONMENTS

E

N

V

I

R 0 N M

E

N T

T

y

p

E

LIFE IN YEARS

0 10 20 30 40

RURAL

TEMPERATE� 7 MARINE �����.""�·""�....-.,;��S ... -....;.�� 25

URBAN

HOT DIP GALVANIZED � _ ZINC COATING 1 .5 Oz/Sq. Ft. AFTER FABRICATION - (.0026" THICK)

MILL-GALVANIZED (PRE-GAL VANIZED) ��i�W iiiWHiWij = ZINC COATING 0.45 Oz/Sq. Ft.

''''''''''''''''''' (.0075" TH!CK)

- 3 -

Page 10: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

z m STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF '"T1 Z CABLE LADDERS AND SUPPORTS WITH Q G) NEMA DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

:::oz 3J: m Cable ladder system when installed is viewed as a )> m structure with uniformly distributed load. Uniformly -f :::0 distributed load of cables are expressed in 0 z kilograms per meter, kg/M (pounds per foot, lbs/ft.). z G) The two most commonly used type of beam

CIJ supports in this case are.

1. SIMPLE BEAM Any length of material in horizontal position and supported at both ends.

2. CONTINUOUS BEAM When a series of straight lengths of cable ladders are interconnected by more than two supports. Continuous beam confirguration is the most commonly used method in cable ladder installations.

NEMA Standard VE - 1, Section 4.1.4

(Test Standards). considers only the simple beam specimen on destruction load test for the following reasons.

A) it represents the worst case of loading. B) Calculations are simplified. and C) Testing is simple and reliable.

1' t t • t t t t t t t t *! SIMPLE BEAM

CONTINUOUS BEAM

- 4 -

LOADINGS

CABLE LOADS

The cable load is the total weight of all the cables to be placed in a cable ladder. The load should be expressed in kg/M (lbs/ft).

CONCENTRATED LOADS

A concentrated static load represents a static weight applied between the side members of a cable ladder. When so specified, the concentrated static load may be converted to an equivalent. uniform load (We) in kg/m (lbs/ft) using the formula.

2 x (Concentrated Static Load) We = ---------------------

Span Length in meter (Ft.)

And added to the static weight of cables in the ladder. This combined load may be used to select a suitable load I span designation ( see Table 3.1 ). If the combined load exceeds the working load shown

on Table 3.1, the manufacturer should be consulted.

In as much as cable ladder is designe9 as a support for power or control cables, or both and is not intended or designed to be a walkway for personnel. the user is urged to display appropriate warnings cautioning the use of this support as a walkway. The following language is suggested.

' •

WARNING! NOT TO BE USED AS A WALKWAY,

LADDER OR SUPPORT FOR PERSONNEL. TO BE USED ONLY AS

A MECHANICAL SUPPORT FOR CABLES AND TUBINGS.

Page 11: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

WIND, SNOW AND ICE LOADS

These loads should be considered when installing cable tray systems outdoors, generally ladders are used in outdoor installations, the most severe loading to be considered is the pressure on the side member of the cable ladders.

\/\/hen outdoor cable ladders are installed with covers, aerodynamic factors must be considered as wind can lift the cover up and separate it from the cable ladder. lt is suggested to use wrap around cover clamp in securing the covers to the cable ladders.

Some useful factors to consider when installing cable ladders outdoors:

A) 121 KPH wind= 122 122 Kg/Sq.M pressure B) Ice weighs 9 1 3 Kg/Cu.M. C) Snow weighs an average of 24.4 Kg/Sq. M

For maximum design load to be added due to ice or snow, it is advised to consult local weather bureau to determine actual informations on the same.

NEMA SPAN AND LOAD DESIGNATIONS

After getting all load considerations, they have to be calculated and summed - up together to get the total working load. This total working load should be used along with the maximum support span. To select a Load/Span designation, use the NEMA Table 3-1 shown below.

TA BLE 3-1 NEMA LOAD/SPAN DESIGNATION

CLASS SUPPORT SPAN WORKING LOAD bESIGNATION FEET (METER) LBS/FT (Kg/M)

BA 8FT. (2.4M) 50Lbs/Ft(75Kg/M) 88 8FT. (2.4M) 75Lbs/Ft(112Kg/M) BC 8FT. (2.4M) 1 00Lbs/Ft(149Kg!M'

12A 12 FT. (3. 7M) 50Lbs/Ft(75Kg/M) 128 12 FT. (3. 7M) 75Lbs/Ft(112Kg/M) 1 2 C 12 FT. (3.7M) 100Lbs/Ft(149Kg/M)

16A 16FT. (4.9M) 50Lbs/Ft(75Kg/M) 168 16FT. (4.9M) 75Lbs/Ft(112Kg/M) 16C 16FT. (4.9M) 1 OOLbs/Ft( 149Kg/M)

20A 20 FT. (6.1 M) 50Lbs/Ft(75Kg/M) 208 20 FT. (6.1 M) 75Lbs/Ft(112Kg/M) 20 C 20 FT. (6.1 M) 1 00Lbs/Ft(149Kg/M)

- m �z By using the NEMA Table 3 . 1 above, class designations 0 G') can now be applied to ( The working Load capacity Table ;o z presented on every Cable Ladder series ) to obtain the 3: m proper Electrolink cable ladder classification Please take )> m note that the above loads are cables' working load only, -1 ;o for concentrated static loads see page 4 or NEMA VE-1 - -Standard, section 6.2. 0 Z THERMAL CONTRACTION AND EXPANSION

lt is important that thermal contraction and expansion be considered when installing cable ladder systems. If it is decided that expansion connectors are requ1red, reference should be made to table 1 for maximum spacing.

The cable ladder should be securely fixed at the support nearest to its mid-point between the expansion connectors and secured by expansion guides at all other support locations. The cable tray should be permitted longitudinal movement in both directions from that fixed point towards the expansion connectors.

Accurate gap setting at the time of installation is necessary for the proper operation of the expansion connectors. The following procedure should assist the installer in determining the correct gap.

STEP 1- Plot the highest expected metal temperature

on the maximum temperature line. Plot the lowest temperature on the minimum temperature line Fig. 6-9 PAGE NO. 14.

STEP 2 - Draw a line between the maximum and minimum points.

STEP 3 - To determine the Slap setting, plot the metal temperature at the t1me of installation.

TA BLE 1 I

TEMPERATURE STEEL ALUMINUM DIFFERENTIAL FEET(METER) FEET(METER) DEG.F(DEG.C)

25(3.89 ) 512 (156) 260 (79 ) 50(10.00) 256 (78) 130 (40 ) 75(23.89) 171 (52 ) 87 (26.5 )

100(37.78) 128 (39 ) 65 (20 )

125(51.62 ) 102 (31 ) 52 (16) 150(65.56) 85 (26) 43 (13 ) 175(79.44 ) 73 (22 ) 37 (11 )

Z G') en

- 5 -

Page 12: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

en c Q:: <( c z � en <( :::!: w z

- 6 -

N EMA STANDARDS VE 1-1984

CONTENTS

Section 1 REFERENCED STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS Referenced Standards Definitions

Section 2 MANUFACTURING STANDARDS Materials Finishes Dimensions Protection of Cable Insulation Fittings Marking of Trays When Used as Equipment Grounding Conductor

Section 3 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND CLASS DESIGNATIONS Working (Allowable ) Load Capacity Load/Span Class Designations

Section 4 TEST STANDARDS Destruction Load Test Deflection Test Electrical Continuity of Connections

Section 5 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS Data to Appear in Specifications Data to Appear on Drawings

Section 6 APPLICATION INFORMATION Deflection Concentrated Static Load Warning! Walkways Fittings Support Locations Protection Of Cable Insulation Thermal Contraction and Expansion Cable Installation

Figures 6-1 Support Locations for Fittings

through 6-8 6-9 Gap Setting of Expansion Splice Plate

This standard covers continuous, complete, metallic systems of ladder, trough, solid-bottom or channel cable tray intended for, but not limited to, the support of power, control, and signal cables.

Page 13: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

Section 1

REFERENCED STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS

1.1. REFERENCED STANDARDS

In this publication. reference 1s made to the standards listed below. Copies are available from the indicated source.

American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway

New York, NY 10018

ANSI/NFPA 70 - 84 National Electrical Code

11 American Society-for Testing Materials

1916 Race Street P hiladelphia, PA 19103

A165-80

A386 -78

A525-83

B633-78

Specifications for Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium on Steel.

Specifications for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.

Specifications for General Requirements, Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized ) by the Hot Dip process.

Specifications for Electrodeposited coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel

I l l National Fire Protection Association

Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02269

ANSI/NFPA 70 -84 National Electrical Code

1.2. DEFINITIONS

Accessories Devices which are used to supplement the function of­

straight sections and fittings, and include such items as dropouts, covers, co,;duit adapters, hold-down devices and dividers.

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984. Cable Tray Connector

A device which joins cable tray straight sections or fitt-ings, or both.

The basic types of connectors are: 1 . Rigid 2. Expansion 3. Adjustable 4. Reducer

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984.

Cable Tray Fitting A device which is used to change the direction or size

of a cable tray system. NEMA Standard 11 - 15- 1984.

Cable Tray Support. A device which provides adequate means for

supporting cable tray sections or fittings, or both. The basic types of cable tray supports are: 1. Cantilever bracket 2. Trapeze 3. Individual rod suspension

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 -1984. Cable Tray Types

Channel Cable Tray. A prefabricated metal structure consisting of a one - piece ventilated bottom or soild bottom channel section, or both not exceeding 6 inches (15.2) in width.

Ladder Cable Tray. A prefabricated metal structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual transverse members.

Solid Bottom Cable Tray. A prefabricated metal structure consisting of a bottom with no openings within integral or separate longitudinal side rails.

Trough Cable Tray. A prefabricated metal structure greater than 4 inches ( 1 0.2) in width consisting of a ventilated bottom within integral or separate longitudinal side rails.

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984.

Horizontal Cross A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable

trays in four directions at 90 - degree intervals in the same plane.

NEMA Standard 11- 15-1984.

Horizontal Elbow A cable tray fitting which changes the directions in

the same plane. NEMA Standard 11 - 15-1984.

Horizontal Tee A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable

trays in three directions at 90-degree intervals in the same plane.

NEMA Standard 11- 15- 1984. Metallic Cable Tray System

An assembly of cable tray straight sections, fitting and accessories that forms a rigid structural system to support cables.

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984. Reducer {Straight, Right Hand, Left Hand)

Reducer. A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable trays of different widths in the same plane. A straight reducer has two symmetrical offset sides. A right - hand reducer, when viewed from the large end, has a straight side on right. A left-hand reducer when viewed from the large end, has a straight side on the left.

NEMA Standard 11 - 15- 1984. Straight Section

A length of cable tray which has no change in direction or size.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984.

- 7 -

Page 14: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Ventilated Bottom A cable tray bottom having openings sufficient for the

passage of air and utilizing 60 percent or less of the plan area of the surface to support cables.

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984.

Vertical Elbow (Inside or Outside) Vertical Elbow. A cable tray fitting which changes direction to a different plane.

An inside vertical elbow changes direction upward from the horizontal plane.

An inside vertical elbow changes direction downward from the horizontal plane

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984. Section 2 MANUFACTURING STANDARDS 2.1 MATERIALS

Cable tray system shall be made of either corrosion­resistant metal or metal with a corrosion-resistant finish.

Authorized Engineering Information 11 - 15 - 1984. Aluminum and stainless steel alloys are inherently

corrosion - resistant and no finish coating is required in most environments.

Authorized Engineering Information 11 - 15- 1984.

2.2 FINISHES

2.2.1 Carbon steel used for cable trays shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following processes.

A. Hot dip mill galvanized in accordance with ASTM Publication No.A525 G90 Coating

NEMA STANDARD 11 - 15- 1984

Coating designation G90 of ASTM 525 has an average zinc coating weight of 1.25oz. Per square foot of steel, total coating on both surfaces (1.06 mils average thickness per side).

Hot -dip mill galvanized coatings are produced by continuous rolling steel sheets or strips in coils through a bath of molten zinc. The process involves pretreating the steel to make the surface react readily with molten zinc as the strip moves through the bath at high speeds. During fabrication where slitting, forming, cutting, or welding is performed, the cut edges and heat­affected zone of welding are subject to superficial oxidation. These areas are then protected through electolytic action of the adjacent zinc surfaces. The coating is smooth, ductile, and adherent.

Authorized Engineering I nformation 11 - 15- 1984.

B. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM Publication No. A386. Class B2.

- 8 -

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984.

Class B2 of ASTM A386 has an average zinc coating wight of 1.50 oz. Per square foot (2.55 mils average thickness per side).

Fabricated products which are hot-dip galvanized are thoroughly cleaned, fluxed, and immersed into a bath of molten zinc where they react to form a metallurgically bonded zinc coating. Normal oxidation of the galvanized surfaces will, in a short period of time, appear as a dull gray or white coating. Some degree of roughness and variations of thickness can be expected due to the hot dipping process. Because the galvanizing process takes place at the low end of the stress - relieving temperature range, some stress relief occurs and some distortion or warping may result. Authorized Engineering Information 11 - 15 - 1984

2.2.2 Steel nuts and bolts shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following processes:

A. ASTM Publication No. 8633 B. ASTM Publication No. A 165 C. OTHER equivalent commercially available coatings.

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984

2.2.3 Vv'here metallic cable tray is intented for installation in highly corrosive environments, including most alkaline and acidic conditions, further protection against corrosion shall be provided by one of the following processes.

A. PVC (Polyvinylchloride) A PVC coating shall be applied in a fluidized bed or by electrostatic spray. The coating thickness shall be 15 mils+mils. Items to be protected shall be thoroughly cleaned, primed and then coated with a fine grain UV (ultraviolet) stabilized vinyl plastic powder. All field cuts and damaged areas of coated tray shall be repaired with a compatible PVC compound to ensure a coating integrity.

NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984

A PVC coating is generally applied to bare steel cable tray but can also be applied in aluminum cable tray. PVC is not recommended as a coating on galvanized steel cable trays because of rough surfaces and gas emissions which cause voids adhesion problems. Authorized Engineering Information 11 - 15 - 1984

B. Other equivalent commercially available coatings. NEMA Standard 11 - 15 - 1984

2.3. DIMENSIONS

2.3.1 General Plus or minus values stated reflect the range of nominal dimensions in cable tray designs and are not intended to represent manufacturing tolerances.

Authorized Engineering Information 11 -15-1984

2.3.2 Ladder Trays 1. Lengths of straight Sections - 12' (3. 7) plus or

minus 3/16" (4.76) and 24' (7.3) plus or minus 5/16" (7.94) not including connectors if attached.

Page 15: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

2. Widths - 6"(152), 12"(305), 18"(457), 24"(61 0), 30" (762), 36" (914) plus or minus 1/4" (6.3) inside dimension. Overall widths shall not exceed inside widths by more than 4"(102).

3. Depths - Inside depths shall be 3"(76), 4"(102), 5" (127) and 6"(152) plus or minus 3/8"(9.5). Outside depths shall not exceed inside depths by more than 1 1/4"(31.8).

4. Radii - 12"(305), 24"(610) 36"(914). 3. Degrees of Arc for Elbows - 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees.

5. Transverse Elements -The maximum open spacing between transverse elements shall be 4" (1 02) measured in direction parallel to the tray side rails.

2.3.3 Solid-Bottom Trays 1. Lengths of Straight Sections - 12' (3. 7) plus or

minus 3/16" (4.76) and 24' (7.3) plus or minus 5/16"(7.94) notincluding connectors if attached.

2. Widths- 6" (152), 12"(305), 18"(457), 24" (610), 30" (762), and 36" (914) plus or minus 1/4" (6.3), inside dimension. Overall widths shall not exceed inside widths by more than 4" (1 02).

3. Depths - Inside depths shall be 3" (76), 4" (102), 5" (127), and 6" (152) plus or minus 3/8" (9.5). Outside depths shall not exceed inside depths by more than 1 1/4" (31.8).

4. Radii - 12" (305), 24" (610), and 36" (914). 5. Degree of Arc for Elbows - 30, 45, 60, and 90

degrees. 6. Bottom - Bottom is solid.

2.3.4 Channel Trays 1. Lengths of Straight Sections -12' (3. 7) feet plus or

minus 316" (4.76) and 24' (7.3) plus or minus 5/16" (7.94) not including connectors if attached.

2. Widths- 3"(76), 4"(102), 6" (152) plus or minus 1/4" (6.3) inside dimension.

3. Depths- 1 1/4"(31.8) to 1 3/4"(44.5) nominal outside dimension.

4. Radii - 12" (305), 24" (610), 36" (914). 5. Degree of Arc for Elbows - 30, 45, 60, and 90

degrees. NEMA Standard 11-15-1984.

2.4 PROTECTION OF CABLE INSULATION The inside of cable tray system shall present no sharp edges,burrs,or projections which can damage cable insulation.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984.

2.5 FITIINGS The design and construction of fittings shall be based on the assumption that they will be supported in accordance with the recommendations given in 6.6 for support locations.

2.6 MARKING OF TRAYS WHEN USED AS EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

Vvtlen steel or aluminum cable tray systems are used as equipment grounding conductors, cable tray section and fittings shall be marked to show the minimum corss sectional area in accordance with the Article 318 of the National Electrical Code.

NEMA Standard 7-14-1976

Section 3 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND CLASS DESIGNATIONS

3.1 W ORKING (ALLOWABLE) LOAD CAPACITY The working (allowable) load capacity represents the ability of a cable tray to support the static weight of cables. it is equivalent to the destruction load capacity, as determined by testing in accordance with 4.1 divided by a safety factor of 1.5

NEMA Standard 3-14-1979.

3.2 LOAD I SPAN CLASS DESIGNATIONS There shall be three working load categories of cable

tray;* 1. 50 lbs/linear ft. (Symbol A) (75 kg/m) 2. 751bs/linear ft. (Symbol B) (112 kg/m) 3. 100 lbs/linear ft. (Symbol C) (150 kg/m)

and, four support span categories of: 1. 8 feet (2.44) 2. 12 feet (3.7) 3. 16 feet (4.9) 4. 20 feet (6.0) Utilizing these, the load/span designations of Table 3-1

shall apply.

*For deflection see 6.1 NEMA Standard 3-14-197

Table 3 -1 LOAD/SPAN DESIGNATIONS

Class Support Span Working load Per 3 .01 Designation I Feet (M) lbs/Ft (Kg/M)

BA B (2.4) 50 (75) BB B (2.4) 75 (11 2) BC B (2.4) 1 00 ( 1 49)

12A 12 (3.7) 50 (75) 12B 12 (3.7) 75 (112) 12C 12 (3.7) 1 00 (149) 16A 16 (4.9) 50 (75) 168 16 (4.9) 75 (112) 16C 16(4.9) 100 (149) 20A 20 (6. 1) 50 (75) 20B 20 (6 . 1 ) 75 ( 1 1 2 ) 20C 20 (6. 1 ) 100 (149)

NOTE 1 - The above working loads are for cable only; when considering applications requiring concentrated static load, see 6.2. NOTE 2 - These designations do not apply to channel tray, and the manufacturer should be consulted.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-15-1984

- 9 -

Page 16: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Section 4 TEST STANDARDS

4.1 DESTRUCTION LOAD TEST 4.1.1 Testspecimen

For each design of cable tray, two unspliced straight specimens of the widest width shall be tested.

Differences in gage, height of side rails, rung or bottom to side rail connection,or the configuration of any part constitute a different design.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984

4.1.2 Type and Length of Span Test spans shall be simple beam spans with free

unre - strained ends. Trays shall not have side restraints. Span lengths shall be as specified plus or minus 1-1/2" (3.8 cm)

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984

4.1.3 Orientation of Specimens Specimens shall be tested in a horizontal position.

The total length of the test specimen shall be not more than the specified span length plus 20 percent. Any overhang shall be equal.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984

4.1.4 Supports Each end of the specimen shall be supported by an

1 /8" (3.2) wide by 3/4" (19) high steel bar (s) with a 120 degree "Vee" notch cut in its bottom to a depth of 3/16" (4.8). The "Vee" notch shall rest on a 1" (25.4) solid round steel bar which is welded at a maximum of 12" (305) on center to a firm steel base, or the specimen shall be supported directly on a 2 1/2" (64) maximum diameter round steel bar or heavy wall steel tube welded to a firm steel base.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984

4.1.5 Load ing Material Loading material shall be steel strips, lead ingots, or

other loading material. Steel strips shall have rounded or debarred edges, a

maximum thickness of 1/8" (3.2), a width of 11/8" (28.6) to 2" (50.8), a maximum length of 4' ( 1.22).

Five lead ingots, each weighing approximately 5 pounds (2.27 kgs) shall be interconnected across corners into a string of 5 ingots approximately 22" (559) long. Individual ingots are normally hexagonal, approximately 3" (76) in diameter and 1 1/2" (38) deep.

Other loading material shall have a maximum weight of 10 Lbs (4.5 Kg), a maximum width of 5" (127), and a maximum length of 12" (305).

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984 4.1.6 Loading

All specimens shall be loaded to destruction. The load shall be applied in at least 1 0 increments which are approximately equal.

Loading shall be uniformly distributed for the length and breadth of the specimen except that the loading material shall be not closer than 1/2" (12.7) nor further than 1" (25.4) from the innermost elements of the side rails.

- 10 -

lt shall be arranged across the tray with a minimum of 3/8" (9.5) between stacks so that the loading matenal does not bndge transversly. All loading material shall be placed between the supports without overhanging.

For loading weights in ladder-type tray, it shall be permissible to cover the bottom of the tray between supports with a flat sheet of No.9 gage flattened expanded metal not more than 3' (0.9m) long and with a wire hole size of 3/4" (19), or a flat sheet of No.16 gage sheet steel not more than 3' (0.9m) long. The expanded metal or steel sheet shall not be fastened to the tray and shall be no closer than 1/2" (12.7) to the side rails. The 3' (0.9m) lengths shall not overlap. The weight of the expanded metal or sheet steel shall be added to the total weight of the loading material.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984 4.1.7 Destruction Load Capacity

The total weight of the loading material on the cable tray at the time it is destroyed shall be considered to be the destruction load capacity of the cable tray.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984

4.1.8 Interpolation and Extrapolation of Test Data When allowable load and deflection data are �etermined by load tests, values for span lengths

not tested shall be determined by interpolation from a curve based on values for a minimum of three tested span lengths. Extrapolation toward shorter span lengths is permissible but shall not be used for span lengths longer than the longest span length tested.

NEMA Standard 11-15-1984 4.2 DEFLECTION TEST

The vertical deflection of the tray shall be measured at two points along the line midway between the supports and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the tray. The two points of measurements shall be at the midpoint of the span of each side rail.

The average of these two readings shall be considered

_to be the vertical deflection of the tray.

For applicatiOn mformation on deflection see 6.1. NEMA Standard 3-14-1979

4.3 ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY OF CONNECTIONS

4.3.1 Test Specimen Each specimen shall consist of two 24" (610)

lengths of side rail plus mechanical connecting means.

N EMA Standard 7-17-1976. 4.3.2 Resistance Test Procedure

Each specimen should be joined together, using the mechanical connector and following the instructions provided by the manufacturer.

NEMA Standard 7-14-1976.

Page 17: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

A current of 30 amperes shall be passed through the specimen and the resistance measured between two points 6" ( 152) on each side of the joint. The net resistance of the joint shall be not more than 0.00033 ohm as computed from the measured voltage drop and the current passing through the specimen.

NEMA Standard 7-1 4- 1 976.

Section 5 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS 5.1 DATA TO APPEAR IN SPECIFICATIONS

The following minimum data, when applicable, should appear in all cable tray specifications:

1 . Class designation 2. Type (ladder, trough, and so forth) 3. Material 4. Finish 5. Rung spacing 6. Inside spacing 7. Inside depth 8. Radius (is same throughout) 9. Accessories.

Authorized Engineering Information 3-14-1 979.

5.2 DATA TO APPEAR ON DRAWINGS The following minimum data should appear on all

cable tray drawings: 1 . Type (ladder, trough, and so forth) 2. Width 3. Straight section, fitting, or accessory 4. Radii (mixed) 5. Elevation (note point of measurment) 6. Vertical and horizontal changes on position 7. Clearance - vertical and horizontal 8. Number of trays 9. Supports

Authorized Engineering Information 3-1 4-1 979.

Section 6 APPLICATION INFORMATION 6.1 DEFLECTION

Under normal applications deflection limitations should not be included in design criteria for cable tray systems. However, if unusual or special conditions exist, the manu - facturer should be consulted. Limitations of deflection for aesthetic purpose only can result in an over - designed tray system.

Authorized Engineering Information 3-14-1979.

6.2 CONCENTRATED STATIC LOAD (If Required by User)

A concentrated static load is not included in Table 3- 1 Load I Span Designations. Some user application may require that a given concentrated static load be imposed over and above the working ioad. Such a concentrated static load represents a static weight applied between the side rails at midspan. 'Mlen so specified, the concentrated static load may be converted to

An equivalent, uniform load (We) in pounds per linear foot using the formula:

we = 2 x (Concentrated Static Load) Span length (ft.)

And added to the static weight of cables in the tray. This combined load may be used to select a suitable load I span designation (see Table 3-1). If the combined load exceeds the working load shown table 3 - 1 the manufacturer should be consulted.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-15-1979.

6.3 WARNING! WALKWAYS Inasmuch as cable tray is designed as a support for

power or control cables, or both and is not intended or designed to be a walkway for personnel, the user is urged to display appropriate warnings cautioning against the use of this support as a walkway. The following language is suggested:

Warning! N ot to be used as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. To be used only as a mechanical support for cables and tubing:

Authorized Engineering I nformation 3-1 4-1979.

6.4 FITTINGS Changes in direction should be mechanically

continuous and accomplished by use of.fittings having dimensions in accordance with 2.3.

Authorized Engineering Information 3-14-1979.

6.5 SUPPORTS Supports for cable trays should provide a strength

and working load capacity sufficient to meet the load requirement of the cable tray systems.

1. Horizontal and vertical trays supports should provide an adequate bearing surface for the tray and should have provisions for holddown clamps or fasteners

2. In addition vertical tray supports should provide means for fastening cable trays to supports.

Authorized Engineering Information 5-15-1979.

6.6 SUPPORT LOCATIONS 6.6.1 General

Supports should be located whenever practical so that connectors between the horizontal straight sections of cable tray runs fall between the support point and the quarter point of the span. Unspliced straight sections should be used on all simple spans and on end spans of continuous span arrangements. A support should be located within 2" (610) of each side of an expansion connector.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-15-1979.

6.6.2 Horizontal cable Tray Fittings 1. Horizontal Elbow Supports ( see Figure 6 -1 ) -

Supports for horizontal tray fittings should be placed within 2" (610) of each fitting extremity, and as follows:

- 1 1 -

Page 18: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

(a) 90 - degree support at the 5 - degree point of arc. (b) 60 - degree support at the 30 - degree point of arc. (c) 45 - degree support at the 22 - 1 /2 degree point of

arc. (except for the 12" (305) radii). (d) 30 - degree supports at the 1 5 - degree point of

arc. (except for the 12" (305) radii).

2. Horizontal Tee Supports (See Figure 6-2) - Within 2' (61 0) of each of the three openings connected to

· other cable tray items for the 12" (305) radius. On all other radii, at least one support should be placed under each side rail of the horizontal tee, preferably as shown in Figure 6-2.

3. Horizontal Cross Supports (See Figure 6-3) - Within 2' (610) of each of the four openings connected to other cable tray items for the 12" (305) radius. On all other radii, at least one support should be placed under each side rail of the horizontal cross, preferably as shown in Figure 6-3.

4. Horizontal Wye Supports (See Figure 6 - 4) - Within 2' (610) of each of the three openings connected to other cable tray items, and at 22 - 1/2 degree point of the arc adjacent to the side branch.

5. Reducer Supports ( See Figure 6 - 5 and 6 - 6) -Within 2' (61 0) of each fitting extremity.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-15-1984.

6.6.3 Vertical Cable Tray Elbows (See Figure 6 - 7) Vertical cable tray elbows at the top of runs should be

supported at each end. Vertical cable tray elbows at the bottom of runs should be supported at the top of the elbow, and within 2' (61 0) of the lower extremity of the elbow.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-15-1 984.

6.6.4 Vertical Cable Tray Tees (See Figure 6 - 8) Vertical cable tray tees should be supported within 2'

(61 0) of each fitting extremity. Authorized Engineering Information 11-1 5-1984.

6.6.5 Vertical Straight Sections Vertical straight sections should be supported indoors

at appropriate intervals permitted by the building structure; outdoor support intervals should be determined by wind loading.The maximum distance between vertical supports should not exceed 24' (7.3 m) on centers.

Authorized Engineering Information 1 1-1 5-1984.

6.6.6 Sloping Trays Sloping trays should be supported at intervals not

exceeding those for horizontal trays of the same design for the same installation.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-1 5-1 984.

6.6.7 Fittings as End of Run A fitting which is used as an end of the run dropout

should have a support attached to it, firmly reinforcing the fitting.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-1 5-1984.

- 1 2 -

6.7 PROTECTION OF CABLE INSULATION The inside of cable tray systems should present

no sharp edges, burrs, or projections which could damage cable insulation.

Authorized Engineering Information 3-14-1 979.

6.8 THERMAL CONTRACTION AND EXPANSION lt is important that thermal contraction and

expansion be considered when installing cable tray systems. If it is determined that expansion connectors are required, reference should be made to Table 6 - 1 for maximum spacing.

The cable tray should be securely fixed at the support nearest to its midpoint between the expansion connectors and secured by expansion guides at all other support locations. The cable tray should be permitted longitudinal movement in both directions from that fixed point towards the expansion connectors.

Accurate gap setting at the time of installation is necessary for the proper operation of the expansion connectors. The following procedure should assist the installer in determining the correct gap:

Step 1-Piot the highest expected metal temperature on the maximum temperature line Plot the lowest temperature on the minimum temperature line. (Fig. 6-9 )

Step 2-Draw a line between the maximum and minimum points.

Step 3-To determine the gap setting plot the metal temperature at the time of installation

Authorized Engineering Information 1 1 - 1 5-1 984.

Table 6-1 MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN EXPANSION

JOINTS THAT PROVIDE FOR ONE INCH MOVEMENT

Tem pera ture Differential, Steel Aluminum Degrees FIC Feet I m Feet I m

25 (3.89) 51 2 (1 56) 260 (79) 50 (1 0.00) 256 (78) 130 (40) 75 (23.89) 171 (52) 87 (26.5)

100 (37.78) 128 (39) 65 (20) 1 25 (51 .62) 102 (31) 52 (16) 1 50 (65.56) 85 (26) 43 ( 13) 1 75 (79.44) 73 (22) 37 ( 1 1 )

6.9 CABLE INSTALLATION 'M1en installing cable in cable tray, it is important that

care and planning be exercised so that the cable or the cable tray is not damaged or destroyed. The cable manufactruer should be contacted for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii, and advice on prevention of "egging" or deformation of cable jacketing or shielding.

Authorized Engineering Information 11-15-1 984.

Page 19: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

S U PPORT LOCATIONS FOR FITTI N G S

Figure 6-1 HORIZONTAL ELBOWS

0" Max 0 mm}

2'-0" Max. (610 mm)

--��----------�

2'-0" Max. (610 mm}

Figure 6-2 HORIZONTAL TEE

Figure 6-3 HORIZONTAL CROSS

Figure 6-4 HORIZONTAL WYE

2'·0' Max. (610 mm]

2'-0" Max.

d�"rn:' I :1 ��;� h Figure 6-5

STRAIGHT REDUCER

2'-0" Max. 2'-0" Max.

tfl:£1 Fi gure 6-6

OFFSET REDUCER

2'-0"�M • -�q (610mmj {)'(:1 � 0 .· 0 - ,. , W , W . Oif

2'-0" Max. l610 mmj

Figure 6-7 VERTICAL ELBOWS

Figure 6-8 VERTICAL TEE

l'-0" Max. 1610 mmj

2'-0" Max. (610 mm)

- 1 3 -

Page 20: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

0 50 L.. 0

� 40 z 0 .... � 30

..J < � 20 z -u. 0 1 0 w :E ....

� 0

w 0::: :J -10

� w a.. - 20 ::!: w .... ..J - 30 < .... w ::!:

- 40 0 • c

- 14 -

�� a 1 30 1 30

1 1 0 1 1 0

t

90 ' 90

70

.... -50

30

1 0

-10

-30

"' � � �A "" ��. 70

.. .. .. .. � �).., - ... ... ... ... � � rA 50

n ' �� "'" I� �r .� �� 30

,, I� �r " �

1 0

,� ' J� �

-1 0

,, ..,, -30

,. �r

3.0 6.3 9.5 1 2.7 1 5.9 1 9.0 22.2 25.0

GAP SETTING OF EXPANSION SPLICE PLATE (mm) (25.4mm GAP MAXIMUM)

FIGURE 6 - 9

Page 21: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE LADDERS AtiD CABLE TROUGtiS

- 1 5 -

Page 22: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 1 6 -

CABLE LADDER AND CABLE TROUGH

CABLE LADDER MATERIAL / WIDTH PART NUMBER

SERIES FINISH INCHES (mm).

LD S-STRAIGHT SECTION

(50mm SIDE HEIGHT) 6 (150)

- MILL GALV. HORIZONTAL FITTINGS -MU 9 (250)

H - HDGAF 9H -90 DEG. HORIZONTAL BEND

HS 12 (300) 6H- 60 DEG. HORIZONTAL BEND

A - ALUMINUM 4H- 45 DEG. HORIZONTAL BEND

AM 18 (450) 3H- 30 DEG. HORIZONTAL BEND

CABLE TROUGH 24 (600) HT- HORIZONTAL TEE SERIES HC- HORIZONTAL CROSS

30 (750) SR- STRAIGHT REDUCER ME RR- RIGHT HAND REDUCER

36 (900) LR- LEFT HAND REDUCER

(TO INDENTIFY

CABLE VERTICAL FITTINGS TROUGH

BOTTOM TYPE 9RI- 90 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE BEND INDICATE 6RI- 60 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE BEND

S - FOR SOLID 4RI- 45 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE BEND OR 3RI- 30 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE BEND

V- FOR VENTI-

LATED AFTER 9RO- 90 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND PART 6RO- 60 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND

NUMBER) 4RO- 45 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND

3RO- 30 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND

SPECIAL FITTINGS

4Y - 45 DEG. "Y" BRANCH

AE- ADJUSTABLE HORIZONTAL ELBOW

AR-ADJUSTABLE RISER (SEGMENTED)

NOTE : IF THERE IS NO THIRD LETTER INDICATOR IN CATALOG NUMBER, IT IS UNDERSTOOD ,f'""'\. THAT THE MATERIAL IS MILL GALVANIZED FINISH.

Page 23: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

ORDERING INFORMATION

RUNG SPACING LENGTH I SIDE MATERIAL FLANGE

RADIUS HEIGHT THICKNESS WIDTH & TYPE

(FOR STRAIGHT STRAIGHT (mm) (mm) (mm)

SECTION ONLY) SECTION (mm) PLAIN TYPE

CABLE 1 - 2440 1 - 100 1 - 1 .2 LADDER 1 - 20

2 - 3000 2 - 125 2 - 1 .5 2 - 32

1 - 150 3 - 38 3 - 3657 3 - 150 3 - 2.0

2 - 250

4 - 7315 4 - 175 4 - 2.5 3 - 300

CABLE FITTINGS ALU MINIUM ALUMINIUM WITH STIFFENED

TROUGH (mm) ONLY ONLY UPPER RETURN TYPE

S - SOLID 3 - 300mm 5 - 1 8 5 5 - 3.5 A - 20 BOTTOM

6 - 600mm B - 32

V-VENTI LATED B - 38 BOTTOM 9 - 900mm

- 1 7 -

Page 24: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

- 1 8 -

ELECTROLINK CABLE LADDERS, CABLE TROUGHS AND CABLE TRAYS

BASIC PART NUMBER SYSTEM CHART

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

s STRAIGHT SECTION

HORIZONTAL FITTINGS

9H 90 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW

6H 60 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW

4H 45 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW

3H 30 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW

HT HORIZONTAL TEE

HC HORIZONTAL CROSS

SR STRAIGHT REDUCER

RR RIGHT HAND REDUCER

LR LEFT HAND REDUCER

VERTICAL FITTINGS

9RI 90 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW (INSIDE RISER)

SRI 60 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW (INSIDE RISER)

4RI 45 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW (INSIDE RISER)

3RI 30 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW (INSIDE RISER)

9RO 90 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW (OUTSIDE RISER)

6RO 60 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW (OUTSIDE RISER)

4RO 45 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW (OUTSIDE RISER)

3RO 30 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW (OUTSIDE RISER)

VT VERTICAL TEE

9VE 90 DEG. VERTICAL ELBOW CABLE SUPPORT

SPECIAL FITTINGS

4Y 45 DEG. "Y" BRANCH

AE HORIZONTAL ADJUST ABLE ELBOW

AR ADJUSTABLE RISER

Page 25: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HOW TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER

CABLE LADDER

STRAIGHT SECTION

EXAMPLE : AM H 9 I s 3 1 I 2 2 A

CABLE LADDER SERIES 1 r 1 11 L FLANGE TYPE I WIDTH

MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL THICKNESS

WIDTH - SIDE HEIGHT

PART NUMBER ---------- ....._ _____ LENGTH

'--------- RUNG SPACING

FITTINGS

EXAMPLE : AM H 91 9H 3 I 3 2 1

CABLE LADDER SERIES T r 111 FLANGE WIDTH

MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL THICKNESS

WIDTH SIDE HEIGHT

PART NUMBER----------� ....._ ______ RADIUS

CABLE TROUGH

STRAIGHT SECTION

EXAMPLE : ME H 24 I s V 1 I 2 2 B

CABLE TROUGH SERIES I J I [ 1 T FLANGE TYPE I WIDTH

MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL THICKNESS

WIDTH SIDE HEIGHT

PART NUMBER---------' ....._ ______ LENGTH

....._ _______ BOTTOM TYPE

FITTINGS

EXAMPLE : ME H 1 2/ 9H 3 s 13 2 1

CABLE TROUGH SERIES J r J [gl FLANGE WIDTH

MATERIAL FINISH L MATERIAL THICKNESS

WIDTH SIDE HEIGHT

PART NUMBER ---------� ....._ ____ BOTTOM TYPE

....._ _____ RADIUS

NOTE: If there is no third letter indicator in catalog number, it is understood that the material is mill galvanized finish.

- 1 9 -

Page 26: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE LADDERS ELECTROLINK CABLE LADDERS ARE FABRICATED WITH THE FOLLOWING SPECIF ICATIONS MEDIUM DUTY WITH

OUTSIDE FLANGE AND H EAVY DUTY WITH OUTS I D E RETURNED UPPER FLANGE FOR EXTRA RIGI DITY AND

STANDARD LENGTHS ARE 2.44 AND 3.0 METERS. LENGTHS OF 3.658 METERS ( 12 FT) AND 7.3 1 5 METERS (24.FT)

ARE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST STANDARD F IN I SHES ARE MILL GALVANIZED TO ASTM 525-G90 (BS2989) AND HOT DIP

GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION F I N I SH TO ASTM A123 (BS729). RUNGS ARE EITHER RIVETED TYPE (FOR LIGHT

DUTY LD S E R I ES) , WELDED TO SIDE MEMBER TYPE (FOR MEDIUM AND HEAVY DUTY M U AND HS SERI ES ) OR THE

SWAGED ROUND TUBULAR RUNGS TYPE (FOR HEAVY DUTY AM SERIES). OPTIONAL MATERIALS AND FI N I SHES ARE

ALSO AVAI LABLE TO SUIT CUSTOMER'S REQUIREM ENTS.

AM - SERIES EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CABLE LADDER WITH SWAGED ROUND TUBULAR RUNGS FLATIENED O N TOP FOR WIDER CABLE BEARING SURFACE, KNOWN FOR ITS RIGIDITY AND SUPERB LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY.

WIDTH : FROM 1 50 TO 900mm

LENGTH : 2.44 AND 3.0 METERS

SIDE HEIGHTS:

100, 125, 1 50 AN D 1 75mm

FLANGE WIDTHS:

20, 32 AND 38mm

RUNG SPACINGS:

150, 225, 300 AND 600mm

RUNG SIZE: 25mm DIAMETER

ROUND TUBULAR

FITIING RADIUS:

300, 600 AND 900mm

AM - SERIES

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm)

150 1 .5

250 1 . 5

300 1 . 5

450 1 . 5

600 1 . 5

750 2.0

900 2.0

STANDARD MATERIALS/FINISHES:

MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.)

TO ASTM 525-G90 (852989)

HOT DIP GALVAN IZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF)

TO ISO 1461: 1 999 (E) OR ASTM 1 23 (BS 729)

ALUMINUM - 6063-T6

Straight section•

FLANGE WEIGHT (kg)

(mm) STEEL �LUMINUM

20 14.4 5.0

20 1 7.3 6

20 18 .8 6. 5

20 23.3 5.0

32 33.3 6 . 1

32 37.8 8.0

38 43.3 8.7

*with 100mm side height and 300mm rung spacing.

M.G.

AM6

AM9

AM12

AM18

AM24

AM30

AM36

NON -STANDARD FINISH:

EPOXY/POLYESTER

POWDER COATING

NON -STANDARD MATERIAL:

STAINLESS STEEL

NON -STANDARD LENGTHS:

3 658 MTRS ( 1 2FT), 7 . 3 1 5 MTRS (24 FT)

3.0 meter length

HDGAF ALUM I NUM

AMH6 AMA6

AMH9 AMA9

AMH12 AMA12

AMH 1 8 AMA1 8 AMH24 AMA24

AMH30 AMA30

AMH36 AMA36

''Please consult factory for other sizes/dimensions �nd weights of AM series cable ladder.

- 20 -

Page 27: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

� ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd. � � -;:.: ..

> �� �4�1 �j �� ;;, -f ' :t._ �.1,) -;:. � !: �� .... '-ot;.k eo· ·

WORKING LOAD CAPACITY* Steel

NEMA SIDE THICK mm 1·.8M (6') 2.4M (B') 3.0 M(10') 3.6 (12') 4.2M (14') 4.BM (16') 5.5 M(18') 6.0 (20')

CLASS HEIGHT mm

DESIGNATION WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF

BA 100 1 .2 432-5.B 242-10.6 152-16.0 1 02-22.6

TO 125 1 .2 566-4.5 310-7.B 187-1 1 . 7 85-15.7

se 150 1 .5 528-2.8 289-4.6 176-7.1 1 1 6-9.6

175 1 .5 621-2.3 336-4.0 206-5.6 1 36-7.6

1 2A 100 1.5 432-5.8 242-10.6 152-16.0 1 02-22.6

TO 125 1 .5 566-4.5 310-7.8 187- 1 1 .7 85-15.7

12C 150 1 . 5 680-2.7 370-4.B 227-7.3 152-10.1

175 1 . 5 1 006-3.0 485-4.B 269-6.6 1 58-7.8

16A 1 00 1 . 5 429-13.4 269-20.5 186-29.7 125-36.8 96-48.5

TO 1 25 1 . 5 565-10.7 367-16.7 251 -23.8 168-29.9 1 27-39.0

16C 1 50 1 . 5 630-7.8 383- 1 1 .6 253-1 5.7 1 76-20.5 1 27-25.3

1 75 1 . 5 745-6.3 452-9.3 29B-12.9 207-16.5 149-20.3

20A 100 1 .5 250-32.2 1 70-40.3 1 30-52.8 99-64.0 77-75.6

TO 125 1 .5 275-22.6 1 98-29.9 148-3B.3 1 06-44.4 7B-49.2

20C 150 2.0 438-20.0 294-24.8 224-32.5 1 70-39.3 155-48.5

175 2.0 560-16.7 368-20.3 282-26.6 1 96-29.7 150-34.7

WORKING LOAD CAPACITY* Aluminum

NEMA SIDE THICK mm 1 .8M (6') 2.4M (8') 3.0 M(10') 3.6 (12') 4.2M (14') 4.8M (16') 5.5 M(18') 6.0 (20')

CLASS HEIGHT mm

DESIGNATION WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF WT DEF

BA 100 268-B.6 151 -15.24 96-23.8 67-23.8

TO 125 479-8.3 269-14.9 1 73-22.1 1 14-32

BC 1 50 531-5.5 282-9.4 170-13.9 1 1 1 -1B.8

175 61 5-4.5 327-7.8 197- 1 1 .6 129-15.7

12A 100 329-8.8 185-16.0 1 1 B-25.1 B1-36.0

TO 125 479-8.3 269-14.9 173-22.1 1 14-32

12C 1 50 531-5.5 282-9.4 170-13.9 1 1 1-1B.8

175 799-4.3 423-7.3 254-10.9 1 64-14.4

1 6A 100 371-17.5 238-1.6 165-2.3 75-57.4 37-69.8

TO 125 384-1 1 . 1 245-1 7.5 1 42-20.8 75-34.5 41 .4-46.4

16C 1 50 562-12.4 328-17.5 227-25.4 1 1 5-40.9 74-63.7

175 802-1 1 . 1 470-15.7 327-22.8 1 76-38.8 1 1 2-60.7

20A 100 224-40.9 121-69.6 76.9-108.4

TO 125 229-38.3 1 1 6-46.9 75-73.4

20C 1 50 31 8-23.3 179-41.4 1 1 3-64.7

175 463-23.6 260-42.1 1 67-65.7

*1) Evenly distributed loads (kg/m), span in meters (ft), simple beam, safety factor: 1 . 5

(to convert safety factor to 2.0, multiply wt-defl. by .75).

2) While every endeavour has been made to ensure the accuracy of this figures, results are based on

average test results and are therefore not a warranty of the performance of electrolink cable trough. 3) Please consult factory for other sizes/dimensions and weights of AM series cable ladder.

- 2 1 -

Page 28: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM M.G. HDGAF ALUM I NUM

150 1.5 AM6/9H3 AMH6/9H3 AMA6/9H3 AM6/4H3 AMH6/4H3 AMA6/4H3

250 1 .5 AM9/9H3 AMH9/9H3 AMA9/9H3 AM9/4H3 AMH9/4H3 AMA9/4H3

300 1 . 5 AM1 2/9H3 AMH12/9H3 AMA12/9H3 AM12/4H3 AMH12/4H3 AMA12/4H3

450 1 . 5 AM1 8/9H3 AMH18/9H3 AMA18/9H3 AM1 8/4H3 AMH1 8/4H3 AMA1 8/4H3

600 1 . 5 AM24/9H3 AMH24/9H3 AMA24/9H3 AM24/4H3 AMH24/4H3 AMA24/4H3

750 2.0 AM30/9H3 AMH30/9H3 AMA30/9H3 AM30/4H3 AMH30/4H3 AMA30/4H3

900 2.0 AM36/9H3 AMH36/9H3 AMA36/9H3 AM36/4H3 AMH36/4H3 AMA36/4H3

HORIZONTAL TEE 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF ALUM I NUM

(mm) (mm)

150 1 .5 AM6/HT3 AMH6/HT3 AMA6/HT3

250 1 .5 AM9/HT3 AMH9/HT3 AMA9/HT3

300 1 .5 AM12/HT3 AMH12/HT3 AMA12/HT3

450 1 .5 AMU1 8/HT3 AMH1 8/HT3 AMA1 8/HT3

600 1 .5 AM24/HT3 AMH24/HT3 AMA24/HT3

750 2.0 AM30/HT3 AMH30/HT3 AMA30/HT3

900 2.0 AM36/HT3 AMH36/HT3 AMA36/HT3

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

(mm) (mm)

1 50 1.5 AM6/HC3 AMH6/HC3 AMA6/HC3

250 1 .5 AM9/HC3 AMH9/HC3 AMA9/HC3

300 1 .5 AM1 2/HC3 AMH12/HC3 AMA12/HC3

450 1 .5 AM1 8/HC3 AMH1 8/HC3 AMA18/HC3

600 1 . 5 AM24/HC3 AMH24/HC3 AMA24/HC3

750 2.0 AM30/HC3 AMH30/HC3 AMA30/HC3

900 2.0 AM36/HC3 AMH36/HC3 AMA36/HC3

PLEASE SEE PAG ES 16 - 19 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 22 -

Page 29: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE 45 DEGREES OUTSIDE

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUM I NUM M.G. HDGAF ALUM I NUM

150 1 . 5 AM6/9RI3 AMH6/9RI3 AMA6/9RI3 AM6/4RI3 AMH6/4RI3 AMA6/4RI3

250 1 . 5 AM9/9RI3 AMH9/9RI3 AMA9/9RI3 AM9/4RI3 AMH9/4RI3 AMA9/4RI3

300 1 . 5 AM12/9RI3 AMH1 2/9RI3 AMA12/9RI3 AM1 2/4RI3 AMH1 2/4RI3 AMA1 2/4RI3

450 1 . 5 AM1 8/9RI3 AMH1 8/9RI3 AMA18/9RI3 AM18/4RI3 AMH1 8/4RI3 AMA1 8/4RI3

600 1 .5 AM24/9RI3 AMH24/9RI3 AMA24/9RI3 AM24/4RI3 AMH24/4RI3 AMA24/4RI3

750 2.0 AM30/9RI3. AMH30/9RI3 AMA30/9RI3 AM30/4RI3 AMH30/4RI3 AMA30/4RI3

900 2.0 AM36/9RI3 AMH36/9RI3 AMA36/9RI3 AM36/4RI3 AMH36/4RI3 AMA36/4RI3

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH

(mm)

150

250

300

450

600

750 900

NOTES

THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE 45 DEGREES OUTSIDE

(mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

1 . 5 AM6/9R03 AMH6/9R03 AMA6/9R03 AM6/4R03 AMH6/4R03 AMA6/4R03

1 . 5 AM9/9R03 AMH9/9R03 AMA9/9R03 AM9/4R03 AMH9/4R03 AMA9/4R03

1 . 5 AM12/9R03 AMH1 2/9R03 AMA12/9R03 AM1 2/4R03 AMH12/4R03 AMA1 2/4R03

1 . 5 AM1 8/9R03 AMH1 8/9R03 AMA18/9R03 AM1 8/4R03 AMH18/4R03 AMA1 8/4R03

1 . 5 AM24/9R03 AMH24/9R03 AMA24/9R03 AM24/4R03 AMH24/4R03 AMA24/4R03

2.0 AM30/9R03 AMH30/9R03 AMA30/9R03 AM30/4R03 AMH30/4R03 AMA30/4R03

2.0 AM36/9R03 AMH36/9R03 AMA36/9R03 AM36/4R03 AMH36/4R03 AMA36/4R03

To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg. vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute "6" for 60 degrees and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

EXAMPLE: AM H9 I 6R03 is AM series cable ladder, 9" (250mm) wide, 60 deg. Vertical outside elbow 300mm radius, HDGAF finish

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 23 -

Page 30: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

250-150 1.5 AM9/SR6 AMH9/SR6 AMA9/SR6

300-250 1 .5 AM1 2/SR9 AMH12/SR9 AMA1 2/SR9

450-300 1 . 5 AM18/SR12 AMH1 8/SR12 AMA18/SR12

600-450 1 .5 AM24/SR18 AMH24/SR18 AMA24/SR18

750-600 2.0 AM30/SR24 AMH30/SR24 AMA30/SR24

900-750 2.0 AM36/SR30 AMH36/SR30 AMA36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER ,..... WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

250-150 1 .5 AM9/RR6 AMH9/RR6 AMA9/RR6

300-250 1 .5 AM12/RR9 AMH1 2/RR9 AMA1 2/RR9

450-300 1 .5 AM18/RR12 AMH18/RR12 AMA18/RR12

600-450 1 .5 AM24/RR18 AMH24/RR18 AMA24/RR18

750-600 2.0 AM30/RR24 AMH30/RR24 AMA30/RR24

900-750 2.0 AM36/RR30 AMH36/RR30 AMA36/RR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

250-150 1 .5 AM9/LR6 AMH9/LR6 AMA9/LR6

300-250 1 .5 AM12/LR9 AMH12/LR9 AMA12/LR9

450-300 1.5 AM1 8/LR12 AMH18/LR12 AMA18/LR12

600-450 1 .5 AM24/LR18 AMH24/LR18 AMA24/LR18

750-600 2.0 AM30/LR24 AMH30/LR24 AMA30/LR24

900-750 2.0 AM36/LR30 AMH36/LR30 AMA36/LR30

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 24 -

Page 31: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

45 DEG "Y" BRANCH WIDTH THICK LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM M.G. HDGAF ALUM I NUM

150 1 . 5 AM6/4YL AMH6/4YL AMA6/4YL AM6/4YR AMH6/4YR AMA6/4YR

250 1 . 5 AM9/4YL AMH9/4YL AMA9/4YL AM9/4YR AMH9/4YR AMA9/4YR

300 1 . 5 AM1 2/4YL AMH1 2/4YL AMA12/4YL AM1 2/4YR AMH12/4YR AMA1 2/4YR

450 1 . 5 AM1 8/4YL AMH18/4YL AMA1 8/4YL AM1 8/4YR AMI I 1 0/4YR AMA1 8/4YR

600 1 . 5 AM24/4YL AMH24/4YL AMA24/4YL AM24/4YR AMH24/4YR AMA24/4YR

750 2.0 AM30/4YL AMH30/4YL AMA30/4YL AM30/4YR AMH30/4YR AMA30/4YR

900 2.0 AM36/4YL AMH36/4YL AMA36/4YL AM36/4YR AMH36/4YR AMA36/4YR

HORIZONTAL ADJUST ABLE ELBOW

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINIUM

150 1 .5 AM6/AE AMH6/AE AMA6/AE

250 1 .5 AM9/AE AMH9/AE AMA9/AE

300 1 .5 AM1 2/AE AMH1 2/AE AMA1 2/AE

450 1 .5 AM1 8/AE AMH1 8/AE AMA1 8/AE

600 1.5 AM24/AE AMH24/AE AMA24/AE

750 2.0 AM30/AE AMH30/AE AMA30/AE

900 2.0 AM36/AE AMH36/AE AMA36/AE

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 25 -

Page 32: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HS - SERIES HEAVY DUTY CABLE LADDER WITH WELDED SQUARE TUBULAR RUNGS TO SIDE MEMBER COSTRUCTION

OFFE RS SMOOTH AND WIDE CABLE BEARING SURFACES.

STANDARD FINISHES : NON-STANDARD FINISH : WIDTH . FROM 1 50 TO 900mm

LENGTH · 2.44 AND 3 METERS MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.) TO

ASTM 525-G90 (BS2989)

EPOXY/POLYESTER POWDER COATING

SIDE HEIGI-!TS: 100,125,150 & 175mm

FLANGE WIDTH: 20mm

RUNG SPACING : 300mm

RUNG SIZE : 25mm x 25mm

NON-STANDARD MATERIAL

STAINLESS STEEL

NON-STANDARD LENGTHS SQUARE TUBULAR

FITTING RADIUS: 300, 600 and 900mm

HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION [HDGAF] TO ISO 1 461 : 1 991 [E)

OR ASTM A 1 23 [BS 729] 3.658 MTRS (12 FT), 7 .315 MTRS (24 FT.)

HS- SERIES Straight section*

WIDTH THICK WEIGHT M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm) (kg)

150 1 . 5 1 1 .7 HS6 HSH6

250 1 .5 12.8 HS9 HSH9

300 1 .5 13.5 HS12 HSH12

450 1 . 5 1 5.2 HS18 HSH18

600 1 . 5 17.0 HS24 HSH24

750 2.0 22.0 HS30 HSH30

900 2.0 23.8 HS36 HSH36

WORKING LOAD CAPACITY* STEEL

NEMA CLASS SIDE HEIGHT THICK 1 .8M (6') 2.4M (8') 3.0 M(10') 3.6 (12') 4.2M (14') 4.8M (16') 5 .5 M(1 8') 6.0 (20')

DESIGNATION (mm) (mm) WT - DEF WT- DEF WT - DEF WT- DEF WT- DEF WT- DEF WT- DEF WT- DEF

BA 100 1 .2 432 - 5.8 242-10.6 1 52-16.0 1 02-22.6

TO 125 1.2 566-4.5 310-7.8 187-1 1 .7 85-15.7

BC 150 1 .5 528-2.8 289-4.6 1 76-7.1 1 16-9.6

1 75 1 . 5 621-2.3 336-4.0 206-5.6 1 36-7.6

12A 100 1 . 5 432-5.8 242-10.6 152-16.0 1 02-22.6

TO 125 1 . 5 566-4.5 310-7.8 187-1 1 . 7 85-15.7

12C 150 1 .5 680-2.7 370-4.8 227-7.3 152-10.1

175 1 .5 1 006-3.0 485-4.8 269-6.6 1 58-7.8

1 6A 100 1 .5 429-13.4 269-20.5 1 86-29.7 1 25-36.8 96-48.5

TO 125 1 . 5 565-10.7 362-16.7 251-23.8 168-29.9 1 27-39

16C 1 50 1 . 5 683-7.8 383-1 1 .6 253-15.7 1 76-20.5 127-25.1

1 75 1 .5 745-6.35 452-9.3 298-12.9 207-16.5 149-20.3

20A 100 1 .5 250-32.2 1 70-40.3 1 30-52.8 99-64 77-75.6

TO 125 1 .5 275-22.6 1 98-29.9 148-38.3 1 06-44.4 78-49.2

20C 150 2.0 438-20.0 294-24.8 224-32.5 1 70-39.3 1 55-48.5

175 2.0 560-16.7 368-20.3 282-26.6 1 96-29.7 1 50-34.7

*1) Evenly distributed loads (kg/m), span in meters (ft.), simple beam, safety factor: 1 .5 (to convert safety factor to 2,

multiply wt-def by 0.75)

*2) While every endeavour has been made to ensure the accuracy of th1s figures, results are based on average test

results and are therefore not a warranty of the performance of etectrollnk cable ladder. *3) Please consult factory for other sizes/dimensions and weights of HS series cable ladder.

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 26 -

Page 33: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1 . 5 HS6/9H3 HSH6/9H3 HS6/4H3 HSH6/4H3

250 1 . 5 HS9/9H3 HSH9/9H3 HS9/4H3 HSH9/4H3

300 1 . 5 HS1 2/9H3 HSH12/9H3 HS1 2/4H3 HSH1 2/4H3

450 1 . 5 HS1 8/9H3 HSH18/9H3 HS1 8/4H3 HSH18/4H3 600 1 . 5 HS24/9H3 HSH24/9H3 HS24/4H3 HSH24/4H3 750 2.0 HS30/9H3 HSH30/9H3 HS30/4H3 HSH30/4H3 900 2.0 HS36/9H3. HSH36/9H3 HS36/4H3 HSH36/4H3

HORIZONTAL TEE 300 mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF (mm) (mm)

150 1 . 5 HS6/HT3 HSH6/HT3

250 1 .5 HS9/HT3 HSH9/HT3 300 1 . 5 HS12/HT3 HSH1 2/HT3 450 1 .5 HS1 8/HT3 HSH18/HT3 600 1 . 5 HS24/HT3 HSH24/HT3 750 2.0 HS30/HT3 HSH30/HT3 900 2.0 HS36/HT3 HSH36/HT3

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300 mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

150 1.5 HS6/HC3 HSH6/HC3 250 1 .5 HS9/HC3 HSH9/HC3 300 1 . 5 HS12/HC3 HSH12/HC3 450 1 .5 HS18/HC3 HSH18/HC3

600 1 .5 HS24/HC3 HSH24/HC3

750 2.0 HS30/HC3 HSH30/HC3 900 2.0 HS36/HC3 HSH36/HC3

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 27 -

Page 34: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 28 -

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1 .5 HS6/9RI3 HSH6/9RI3 HS6/4RI3 HSH6/4RI3

250 1 . 5 HS9/9RI3 HSH9/9RI3 HS9/4RI3 HSH9/4RI3

300 1 .5 HS1 2/9RI3 HSH12/9RI3 HS12/4RI3 HSH1 2/4RI3

450 1 . 5 HS1 8/9RI3 HSH18/9RI3 HS18/4RI3 HSH1 8/4RI3

600 1 . 5 HS24/9RI3 HSH24/9RI3 HS24/4RI3 HSH24/4RI3

750 2.0 HS30/9RI3 HSH30/9RI3 HS30/4RI3 HSH30/4RI3

900 2.0 HS36/9RI3 HSH36/9RI3 HS36/4RI3 HSH36/4RI3

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE 45 DEGREES OUTSIDE

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1 . 5 HS6/9R03 HSH6/9R03 HS6/4R03 HSH6/4R03

250 1 . 5 HS9/9R03 HSH9/9R03 HS9/4R03 HSH9/4R03

300 1 . 5 HS1 2/9R03 HSH12/9R03 HS1 2/4R03 HSH1 2/4R03

450 1 . 5 HS1 8/9R03 HSH1 8/9R03 HS1 8/4R03 HSH1 8/4R03

600 1 .5 HS24/9R03 HSH24/9R03 HS24/4R03 HSH24/4R03

750 2.0 HS30/9R03 HSH30/9R03 HS30/4R03 HSH30/4R03

900 2.0 HS36/9R03 HSH36/9R03 HS36/4R03 HSH36/4R03

NOTE: To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg. vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute

"6" for 60 deg. and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

EXAMPLE:

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

Page 35: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm)

250-150 1.5

300-250 1 .5 450-300 1.5

600-450 1 .5

750-600 2.0

900-750 2.0

M.G.

HS9/SR6

HS12/SR9 HS1 8/SR12

HS24/SR18

HS30/SR24

HS36/SR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G.

250-150 1 .5 HS9/LR6 300-250 1 . 5 HS1 2/LR9 450-300 1 .5 HS18/LR12 600-450 1 .5 HS24/LR18 750-600 2.0 HS30/LR24

900-750 2.0 HS36/LR30

HDGAF

HSH9/SR6

HSH1 2/SR9 HSH18/SR12

HSH24/SR18

HSH30/SR24

HSH36/SR30

HDGAF

HSH9/LR6

HSH1 2/LR9 HSH18/LR12 HSH24/LR18

HSH30/LR24

HSH36/LR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

w;lTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G.

250-150 1 .5 HS9/RR6 300-250 1 .5 HS12/RR9 450-300 1 .5 HS18/RR12

600-450 1 .5 HS24/RR18

750-600 2.0 HS30/RR24 900-750 2.0 HS36/RR30

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

HDGAF

HSH9/RR6

HSH12/RR9

HSH18/RR12

HSH24/RR18

HSH30/RR24 HSH36/RR30

- 29 -

Page 36: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

45 DEG "Y" BRANCH

WIDTH THICK LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1 .5 HS6/4YL HSH6/4YL HS6/4YR HSH6/4YR

250 1 .5 HS9/4YL HSH9/4YL HS9/4YR HSH9/4YR

300 1 .5 HS1 2/4YL HSH1 2/4YL HS12/4YR HSH1 2/4YR

450 1.5 HS18/4YL HSH1 8/4YL HS1 8/4YR HSH1 8/4YR

600 1.5 HS24/4YL HSH24/4YL HS24/4YR HSH24/4YR

750 2.0 HS30/4YL HSH30/4YL HS30/4YR HSH30/4YR

900 2.0 HS36/4YL HSH36/4YL HS36/4YR HSH36/4YR

H O RIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE ELBOW

Wi DTH THICK (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF 1 50 1 . 5 HS6/AE HSH6/AE 250 1 . 5 HS9/AE HSH9/AE 300 1 . 5 HS1 2/AE HSH12/AE 450 1 . 5 HS1 8/AE HSH1 8/AE 600 1 . 5 HS24/AE HSH24/AE 750 2.0 HS30/AE HSH30/AE 900 2.0 HS36/AE HSH36/AE

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 30 -

Page 37: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

MU - S ERIES MEDIUM SERIES CABLE LADDER WITH U-TYPE RUNGS OFFERS VERSALITY FIXING CABLES

OR PIPES WITH ITS SLOTTED RUNG CONFIGURATION.

WIDTHS : FROM 150 TO 900mm

LENGTH : 2.44 AND 3.0 METERS

SIDE HEIGHTS: 100, 125, 150 and 175mm

FLANGE WIDTH: 20mm

RUNG SPACING : 300mm

RUNG SIZE : 40mm x 20mm

WORKING LOAD CAPACITY*

NEMA CLASS SIDE HEIGHT THICK

DESIGNATION (mm) (mm)

SA 100 1 .2

TO 125 1 .2 BC 150 1.2

1 75 1 .2

12A 100 1 .2

TO 125 1.2

12C 1 50 1.2 175 1.2

1 6A 100 1 . 5

TO 125 1 . 5

16C 150 1 . 5

175 1 . 5

STANDARD FINISHES :

MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.) TO ASTM 525-G90 (BS 2989)

HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF) TO

ASTM A1 23 (BS 729) OR ISO 1 461 : 1 991 (E)

FITTING RADIUS:

300, 600 AND 900mm

MU - SERIES

WIDTH

(mm)

150 250

300

450 600

750

900

1 .8M (6') 2.4M (8') 3.0 M(10')

WT - DEF WT - DEF WT - DEF

432-5.8 242-10.6 1 52-16.0

566-4.5 310-7.8 187-1 1 .7 528-2.8 289-4.6 1 76-7.1

621-2.3 336-4.0 206-5.6

432-5.8 242-10.6 152-16.0 566-4.5 310-7.8 187-11.7

680-2.7 370-4.8 227-7.3 1006-3.0 485-4.8 269-6.6

429-13.4 269-20.5

565-10.7 367-16.7

630-7.8 383- 1 1 .6

745-6.3 452-9.3

NON-STANDARD FINISH :

EPOXY/POLYESTER POWDER

COATING

NON-STANDARD MATERIAL:

STAINLESS STEEL

Straight Section*

THICK WEIGHT M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (k9)

1 .2 9.4 MU6 MUH6

1 .2 10.3 MU9 MUH9

1 .2 10.8 MU12 MUH12

1 . 5 14.2 MU18 MUH18

1 . 5 15.5 MU24 MUH24

1 .5 17.0 MU30 MUH30

1.5 18.4 MU36 MUH36

3.6 (12') 4.2M (14') 4.8M (16')

WT - DEF WT - DEF WT - DEF

102-22.6

85-15.7 1 16-9.6 1 36-7.6

1 02-22.6

85-15.7

1 52-10.1 1 52-7.8

186-29.7 1 25-36.8 96-48.5

251-23.8 1 68-29.9 1 27-39.0

253-15.7 1 76-20.5 1 27-25.3

298-12.9 207-16.5 1 49-20.3

*1) Evenly distributed loads (kg/m),span in meters (ft) .,simple beam,safety factor: 1 . 5 (to convert safety factor to 2.0, multiply wt-def by 0.75)

*2) While every endeavour has been made to ensure the accuracy of this figures, results are based on average test results and are therefore, not a warranty of the performance of electrolink cable ladder.

*3) Please consult factory for other sizes/dimensions and weights of MU series cable ladder.

- 31 -

Page 38: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300 mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1.2 MU6/9H3 MUH6/9H3 MU6/4H3 MUH6/4H3

250 1 .2 MU9/9H3 MUH9/9H3 MU9/4H3 MUH9/4H3

300 1 .2 MU1 2/9H3 MUH12/9H3 MU12/4H3 MUH12/4H3

450 1 .5 MU1 8/9H3 MUH1 8/9H3 MU18/4H3 MUH18/4H3

600 1 .5 MU24/9H3 MUH24/9H3 MU24/4H3 MUH24/4H3 750 1 .5 MU30/9H3 MUH30/9H3 MU30/4H3 MUH30/4H3

900 1 .5 MU36/9H3 MUH36/9H3 MU36/4H3 MUH36/4H3

HORIZONTAL TEE 300 mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

150 1 .2 MU6/HT3 MUH6/HT3

250 1.2 MU9/HT3 MUH9/HT3

300 1 .2 MU12/HT3 MUH12/HT3

450 1 .5 MU18/HT3 MUH18/HT3 600 1 .5 MU24/HT3 MUH24/HT3

750 1 .5 MU30/HT3 MUH30/HT3

900 1 .5 MU36/HT3 MUH36/HT3

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300 mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF. (mm) (mm)

150 1 .2 MU6/HC3 MUH6/HC3 250 1.2 MU9/HC3 MUH9/HC3 300 1.2 MU1 2/HC3 MUH1 2/HC3

450 1.5 MU1 8/HC3 MUH1 8/HC3

600 1 .5 MU24/HC3 MUH24/HC3

750 1 . 5 MU30/HC3 MUH30/HC3 900 1.5 MU36/HC3 MUH36/HC3

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 32 -

Page 39: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

. .....--.....

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

NOTE:

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1 .2 MU6/9RI3 MUH6/9RI3 MU6/4RI3 MUH6/4RI3 250 1 .2 MU9/9RI3 MUH9/9RI3 MU9/4RI3 MUH9/4RI3 300 1 .2 MU12/9RI3 MUH12/9RI3 MU1 2/4RI3 MUH12/4RI3 450 1 .5 MU1 8/9RI3 MUH18/9RI3 MU1 8/4RI3 MUH1 8/4RI3 600 1 .5 MU24/9RI3 MUH24/9RI3 MU24/4RI3 MUH24/4RI3 750 1 .5 MU30/9RI3 MUH30/9RI3 MU30/4RI3 MUH30/4RI3 900 1 .5 MU36/9RI3 MUH36/9RI3 MU36/4RI3 MUH36/4RI3

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE 45 DEGREES OUTSIDE (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1.2 MU6/9R03 MUH6/9R03 MU6/4R03 MUH6/4R03 250 1.2 MU9/9R03 MUH9/9R03 MU9/4R03 MUH9/4R03 300 1 .2 MU1 2/9R03 MUH1 2/9R03 MU12/4R03 MUH1 2/4R03 450 1 .5 MU1 8/9R03 MUH1 8/9R03 MU18/4R03 MUH1 8/4R03 600 1 .5 MU24/9R03 MUH24/9R03 MU24/4R03 MUH24/4R03 750 1 .5 MU30/9R03 MUH30/9R03 MU30/4R03 MUH30/4R03 900 1 .5 MU36/9R03 MUH36/9R03 MU36/4R03 MUH36/4R03

To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg. vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute "6" for 60 deg. and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

EXAMPLE: MU H9/6RO 3 is MU series cable ladder ,9" (250mm) wide, 60 deg. Vertical outside elbow, 300mm radius.

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 33 -

Page 40: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

250-150 1.2 MU9/SR6 MUH9/SR6

300-250 1 .2 MU12/SR9 MUH12/SR9

450-300 1 .5 MU18/SR12 MUH18/SR12

600-450 1 .5 MU24/SR1 8 MUH24/SR18

750-600 1 .5 MU30/SR24 MUH30/SR24

900-750 1 .5 MU36/SR30 MUH36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

250-150 1.2 MU9/RR6 MUH9/RR6

300-250 1 .2 MU1 2/RR9 MUH12/RR9

450-300 1 .5 MU18/RR12 MUH1 8/RR12

600-450 1 .5 MU24/RR18 MUH24/RR18

750-600 1 .5 MU30/RR24 MUH30/RR24

900-750 1 . 5 MU36/RR30 MUH36/RR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

250-150 1 .2 MU9/LR6 MUH9/LR6

300-250 1 .2 MU12/LR9 MUH12/LR9

450-300 1 .5 MU18/LR12 MUH18/LR12

600-450 1 .5 MU24/LR18 MUH24/LR18

750-600 1 .5 MU30/LR24 MUH30/LR24

900-750 1 .5 MU36/LR30 MUH36/LR30

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 19 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 34 -

Page 41: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Right Hand Shown

45 DEG "Y" BRANCH

WIDTH THICK LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1 .2· MU6/4YL MUH6/4YL MU614YR MUH6/4YR 250 1 . 2 MU9/4YL MUH9/4YL MU914YR MUH9/4YR 300 1.2 MU1 2/4YL MUH1 2/4YL MU1 2/4YR MUH1 2/4YR 450 1.5 MU1 8/4YL MUH1 8/4YL MU1 8/4YR MUH1 8/4YR 600 1.5 MU24/4YL MUH24/4YL MU24/4YR MUH24/4YR 750 1.5 MU30/4YL MUH30/4YL MU30/4YR MUH30/4YR 900 1.5 MU36/4YL MUH36/4YL MU36/4YR MUH36/4YR

HORIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE ELBOW WID"TH THICK (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

1 50 1 .2 MU6/AE MUH6/AE 250 1 .2 MU9/AE MUH9/AE 300 1 .2 MU1 2/AE MUH1 2/AE 450 1 .5 MU1 8/AE MUH18/AE 600 1 .5 MU24/AE MUH24/AE 750 1 .5 MU30/AE MUH30/AE 900 1 .5 MU36/AE MUH36/AE

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 35 -

Page 42: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. Lrd.

CABLE LADDERS LD - SERIES LIGHT DUTY CABLE LADDERS, WITH RIVETTED RUNGS, REMARKABLY STRONG AND EFFICI ENTLY DESIGNED FOR EASE IN IN STALLATION AND HANDLING.

WIDTHS : FROM 150 TO 900mm STANDARD FINISHES : NON-STANDARD FINISH :

LENGTH : 2.44 & 3.0 METERS

SIDE HEIGHT : 50mm

MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.)

ASTM 525-G90 (BS2989)

EPOXY/POLYESTER POWDER COATING

RUNG SPACING : 300mm

RUNG SIZE : 25mm x 10mm

FITTING RADIUS:

300, 600 & 900mm

LD - SERIES Straight section

WIDTH THICK WEIGHTM.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm) (KG)

150 1 .2 6.6 LDS LDH6

250 1.2 7.3 LD9 LDH9 300 1 .2 7.6 LD12 LDH12

450 1.2 B.6 LD1B LDH1B 600 1 .5 1 1 .6 LD24 LDH24

750 1 .5 12.5 LD30 LDH30

900 1.5 13.5 LD36 LDH36

HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF) TO ASTM A 1 23 (BS 729) OR ISO 1 461 : 1 999 (E)

WORKING LOAD CAPACITY*

NEMA CLASS SIDE HEIGHT

DESIGNATION (mm)

BA TO 50 BC

12A

TO 50 12C

NON-STANDARD MATERIAL:

STAINLESS STEEL

THICK 1 .BM (6') 2.4M (B') 3.0M(10') 3.6M (12') (mm) WT - DEF WT - DEF WT - DEF WT - DEF

1 .2 432 - 5.B 242 - 10.6 152 - 16 102 - 22.6

1 .5 566 - 4.5 31 0 - 7.B 1 B7 - 1 1 .7 B5 - 15.7

1) Evenly distributed loads (kg/m), span in meters (ft), simple beam , safety factor: 1.5 (to convert safety factor to 2, multiply wt-def by 0. 75).

2) While every endeavour has been made to ensure the accuracy of this figures, results are based on average test results

and are therefore not a warranty of the performance of Electrolink cable ladder.

3) Please consult factory for other sizes I dimensions and weights of LD series cable ladders.

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 36 -

Page 43: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

N OTE :

HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300mm radius WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1 .2 LD6/9H3 LDH6/9H3 LD6/4H3 LDH6/4H3

250 1 .2 LD9/9H3 LDH9/9H3 LD9/4H3 LDH9/4H3

300 1 .2 LD12/9H3 LDH12/9H3 LD12/4H3 LDH1 2/4H3

450 1 .2 LD1 8/9H3 LDH18/9H3 LD1 8/4H3 LDH1 8/4H3

600 1 .5 LD24/9H3 LDH24/9H3 LD24/4H3 LDH24/4H3

750 1 .5 LD30/9H3 LDH30/9H3 LD30/4H3 LDH30/4H3 900 1 .5 LD36/9H3 LDH36/9H3 LD36/4H3 LDH36/4H3

1 ) To specify 60 degrees and 30 degrees horizontal elbow. substitute "6" for 60 degrees and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

EXAMPLE: LDH24 /6H3 is LD series 60 deg. horizontal elbow, 24" (600mm) wide, 300mm radius.

HORIZONTAL TEE 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

150 1 .2 LD6/HT3 LDH6/HT3

250 1 .2 LD9/HT3 LDH9/HT3

300 1 .2 LD12/HT3 LDH12/HT3

450 1.2 LD18/HT3 LDH1 8/HT3

600 1 .5 LD24/HT3 LDH24/HT3

750 1 .5 LD30/HT3 LDH30/HT3

900 1 .5 LD36/HT3 LDH36/HT3

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300mm radius WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

150 1 .2 LD6/HC3 LDH6/HC3

250 1 .2 LD9/HC3 LDH9/HC3

300 1 .2 LD12/HC3 LDH1 2/HC3

450 1.2 LD18/HC3 LDH1 8/HC3

600 1.5 LD24/HC3 LDH24/HC3 750 1 .5 LD30/HC3 LDH30/HC3 900 1 .5 LD36/HC3 LDH36/HC3

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 37 -

Page 44: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

250-150 1 .2 LD9/SR6 LDH9/SR6

300-250 1 .2 LD1 2/SR9 LDH1 2/SR9 450-300 1 .2 LD18/SR12 LDH18/SR12

600-450 1 .5 LD24/SR18 LDH24/SR18 750-600 1 .5 LD30/SR24 LDH30/SR24 900-750 1 .5 LD36/SR30 LDH36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

250-150 1 .2 LD9/RR6 LDH9/RR6 300-250 1.2 LD1 2/RR9 LDH12/RR9 450-300 1 ? LD18/RR12 LDH1 8/RR12 600-450 1 .5 LD24/RR18 LDH24/RR18 750-600 1 .5 LD30/RR24 LDH30/RR24 900-750 1.5 LD36/RR30 LDH36/RR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

250-150 1.2 LD9/LR6 LDH9/LR6 300-250 1 .2 LD12/LR9 LDH1 2/LR9

450-300 1 .2 LD18/LR12 LDH18/LR12

600-450 1 .5 LD24/LR18 LDH24/LR18

750-600 1 .5 LD30/LR24 LDH30/LR24

900-750 1 .5 LD36/LR30 LDH36/LR30

NOTE To specify straight reducer with reduction from 300mm to 250mm, catalog number will be LD1 2 / SR9 to which LD = cable ladder series, 12 = 300mm, SR = straight reducer and 9 = 250mm.

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 38 -

Page 45: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Left Hand Shown

45 DEG "Y" BRANCH

WIDTH THICK LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

150 1.2 LD6/4YL LDH6/4YL LD6/4YR LDH6/4YR

250 1 .2 LD9/4YL LDH9/4YL LD9/4YR LDH9/4YR 300 1 .2 LD1 2/4YL LDH1 2/4YL LD1 2/4YR LDH1 2/4YR 450 1 .2 LD1 8/4YL LDH1 8/4YL L D1 8/4YR LDH1 8/4YR 600 1 .5 LD24/4YL LDH24/4YL LD24/4YR LDH24/4YR 750 1 .5 LD30/4YL LDH3014YL LD3014YR LDH30/4YR

900 1 .5 LD3614YL LDH3614YL LD3614YR LDH3614YR

VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE ELBOW (SEGMENTED)

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G HDGAF

150 1 .2 LD61AR LDH61AR 250 1 .2 LD91AR LDH91AR 300 1 .2 LD121AR LDH1 2/AR 450 1 .2 LD1 81AR LDH1 8/AR 600 1 .5 LD241AR LDH24/AR 750 1.5 LD30/AR LDH301AR 900 1 .5 LD36/AR LDH36/AR

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 39 -

Page 46: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

ME - SERIES (CABLE TROUGH)

ELECTROLINK TROUGH TYPE CABLE TRAY WITH CORRUGATED BOTTOMS FOR STRENGTH, ARE AVAilABLE IN SOLID AND VENTilATED BOTTOM TYPES AND FROM LIGHT TO HEAVY DUTY DESIGNS THAT CONFORMS TO NEMA VE-1 STANDARDS.

WIDTH : FROM 150 TO 900mm

LENGTH : 2.44 AND 3.00 METERS

SIDE HEIGHTS: 100, 125, 150 and 175

FLANGE WIDTHS: 20, 32 and 38mm

BOTTOM TYPES: SOLID AND VENTILATED

FITTING RADIUS: 300, 600 and 900mm

ME - SERIES (CABLE TROUGH)

WIDTH THICK FLANGE

(mm) (mm) (mm)

150 1 .5 20

250 1 .5 20

300 1 .5 20

450 1 .5 20

600 2.0 32

750 2.0 32

900 2.0 38

*with 1 00mm side height

STANDARD MATERIALS/FINISHES

MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.)

TO ASTM525-G90 (BS2989)

HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF) TO ASTM l 23A (BS 729) OR ISO 1 461 : 1 999 (E)

ALUMINUM - 6063-T6

Straight section*

WEIGHT (kg) M. G.

STEEL ALUMINUM 14.4 5.0 ME6

17.3 6.0 ME9

18.8 6.5 ME12

23.3 8.0 ME18

41 .3 1 1 .4 ME24

47.7 13.0 ME30

55.3 15.0 ME36

NON-STANDARD FINISH :

EPOXY/POLYESTER POWDER COATING

NON-5TANDARD MATERIAL

STAINLESS STEEL

NON-STANDARD LENGTHS:

3.658 MTRS (12 FT.), 7.315 MTRS (24 FT.)

3.0 meter length

HDGAF ALUMINUM

MEH6 MEA6 MEH9 MEA9

MEH12 MEA12

MEH18 MEA18

MEH24 MEA24

MEH30 MEA30

MEH36 MEA36

**Please consult factory for other sizes/dimensions and weights of AM series cable ladder.

PLEASE SEE PAG ES 16 - 19 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 40 -

Page 47: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

150 1 . 5 ME6/9H3 MEH6/9H3 MEA6/9H3 ME6/4H3 MEH6/4H3 MEA6/4H3

250 1 . 5 ME9/9H3 MEH9/9H3 MEA9/9H3 ME9/4H3 MEH9/4H3 MEA9/4H3

300 1 . 5 ME1 2/9H3 MEH12/9H3 MEA12/9H3 ME1 2/4H3 MEH12/4H3 MEA12/4H3

450 1 .5 ME1 8/9H3 MEH1 8/9H3 MEA18/9H3 ME18/4H3 MEH18/4H3 MEA1 8/4H3

600 2.0 ME24/9H3 MEH24/9H3 MEA24/9H3 ME24/4H3 MEH24/4H3 MEA24/4H3

750 2.0 ME30/9H3 MEH30/9H3 MEA30/9H3 ME30/4H3 MEH30/4H3 MEA30/4H3

900 2.0 ME36/9H3 MEH36/9H3 MEA36/9H3 ME36/4H3 MEH36/4H3 MEA36/4H3

HORIZONTAL TEE 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

(mm) (mm)

150 1 . 5 ME6/HT3 MEH6/HT3 MEH6/HT3

250 1 .5 ME9/HT3 MEH9/HT3 MEH9/HT3

300 1 . 5 ME1 2/HT3 MEH1 2/HT3 MEH12/HT3

450 1 .5 ME18/HT3 MEH1 8/HT3 MEH1 8/HT3

600 2.0 ME24/HT3 MEH24/HT3 MEH24/HT3

750 2.0 ME30/HT3 MEH30/HT3 MEH30/HT3

900 2.0 ME36/HT3 MEH36/HT3 MEH36/HT3

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300mm radius WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF ALUM I NUM

(mm) (mm)

150 1 . 5 ME6/HC3 MEH6/HC3 MEA6/HC3 250 1 . 5 ME9/HC3 MEH9/HC3 MEA9/HC3 300 1 .5 ME12/HC3 MEH1 2/HC3 MEA12/HC3 450 1.5 ME18/HC3 MEH18/HC3 MEA18/HC3 600 2.0 ME24/HC3 MEH24/HC3 MEA24/HC3

750 2.0 ME30/HC3 MEH30/HC3 MEA30/HC3 900 2.0 ME36/HC3 MEH36/HC3 MEA36/HC3

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 41 -

Page 48: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 42 -

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREE INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE

M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

150 1.5 ME619RI3 MEH619RI3 MEA619RI3 ME614RI3 MEH6/4RI3 MEA614RI3

250 1.5 ME919RI3 MEH9f9RI3 MEA9/9RI3 ME9/4RI3 MEH9/4RI3 MEA914RI3

300 1.5 ME12/9RI3 MEH12/9RI3 MEA12/9RI3 ME12/4RI3 MEH12/4RI3 MEA1214RI3

450 1.5 ME1819RI3 MEH1819RI3 MEA1 819RI3 ME18/4RI3 MEH1814RI3 MEA1 814RI3

600 2.0 ME2419RI3 MEH2419RI3 MEA24/9RI3 ME24/4RI3 MEH2414RI3 MEA24/4RI3

750 2.0 ME3019RI3 MEH3019RI3 MEA3019RI3 ME30/4RI3 MEH30/4RI3 MEA30/4RI3

900 2.0 ME3619RI3 MEH36/9RI3 MEA36/9RI3 ME3614RI3 MEH36/4RI3 MEA36/4RI3

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm radius

WIDTH

�mml 150

250 300 450

600

750

900

NOTES:

EXAMPLE:

THICK 90 DEGREE INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE

(mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM M. G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

1.5 ME6/9R03 MEH619R03 MEA6/9R03 ME6f4R03 MEH6/4R03 MEA6/4R03

1 .5 ME9/9R03 MEH919R03 MEA9/9R03 ME9/4R03 MEH9/4R03 MEA9/4R03 1 .5 ME1 2/9R03 MEH12/9R03 MEA12/9R03 ME12/4R03 MEH12/4R03 MEA1 2/4R03 1 .5 ME18/9R03 MEH1819R03 MEA1 8/9R03 ME18/4R03 MEH1 8/4R03 MEA18/4R03

2.0 ME2419R03 MEH24/9R03 MEA24/9R03 ME24/4R03 MEH24/4R03 MEA24/4R03

2.0 ME3019R03 MEH30/9R03 MEA30/9R03 ME3014R03 MEH30/4R03 MEA30/4R03

2.0 ME3619R03 MEH36/9R03 MEA36/9R03 ME36/4R03 MEH36/4R03 MEA36/4R03

1 ) To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg.Vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute "6" for 60 deg. and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

2) Affix "V'' at the end of the part number to indicated ventilated bottom or "S" for solid bottom.

ME H9 / 6RO 3-V is a cable trough 9" (250mm) wide, 60 deg. vertical outside elbow,300mm 300mm radius, ventilated bottom. HDGAF finish.

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

Page 49: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

,.....--..

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm)

250-150 1 . 5

300-250 1 .5

450-300 1 .5

600-450 2.0

750-600 2.0

900-750 2.0

M.G.

ME9/SR6

ME12/SR9

ME18/SR12

ME24/SR18

ME30/SR24

ME36/SR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

M.G.

(mm) (mm)

250-150 1 .5 ME9/LR6

300-250 1 .5 ME1 2/LR9

450-300 1 .5 ME18/LR12

600-450 2.0 ME24/LR18

750-600 2.0 ME30/LR24

900-750 2.0 ME36/LR30

HDGAF

MEH9/SR6

MEH12/SR9

MEH18/SR12

MEH24/SR18

MEH30/SR24

MEH36/SR30

HDGAF

MEH9/LR6

MEH1 2/LR9

MEH1 8/LR12

MEH24/LR18

MEH30/LR24

MEH36/LR30

ALUMINUM

MEA9/SR6

MEA1 2/SR9

MEA18/SR12

MEA24/SR18

MEA30/SR24

MEA36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G.

250-150 1 .5 ME9/RR6

300-250 1.5 ME12/RR9

450-300 1 .5 ME18/RR12

600-450 2.0 ME24/RR1 8

750-600 2.0 ME30/RR24

900-750 2.0 ME36/RR30

ALUMINUM

MEA9/LR6

MEA1 2/LR9

MEA18/LR12

MEA24/LR18

MEA30/LR24

MEA36/LR30

PLEASE SEE PAG ES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

HDGAF ALUMINUM

MEH9/RR6 MEA9/RR6

MEH1 2/RR9 MEA1 2/RR9

MEH18/RR12 MEA18/RR12

MEH24/RR18 MEA24/RR18

MEH30/RR24 MEA30/RR24

MEH36/RR30 MEA36/RR30

- 43 -

Page 50: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

O D D

45 DEG "Y" BRANCH

WIDTH THICK LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM M.G. HDGAF ALUMINUM

150 1 . 5 ME6/4YL MEH6/4YL MEA6/4YL ME6/4YR MEH6/4YR MEA6/4YR

250 1 . 5 ME9/4YL MEH9/4YL MEA9/4YL ME9/4YR MEH9/4YR MEA9/4YR

300 1 . 5 ME12/4YL MEH12/4YL MEA12/4YL ME12/4YR MEH12/4YR MEA12/4YR

450 1 . 5 ME1 8/4YL MEH1 8/4YL MEA18/4YL ME18/4YR MEH18/4YR MEA1 8/4YR

600 2.0 ME24/4YL MEH24/4YL MEA24/4YL ME24/4YR MEH2414YR MEA24/4YR

750 2.0 ME30/4YL MEH30/4YL MEA30/4YL ME30/4YR MEH30/4YR MEA30/4YR

900 2.0 ME36/4YL MEH36/4YL MEA36/4YL ME36/4YR MEH36/4YR MEA36/4YR

HORIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE ELBOW

WIDTH THICK (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF ALUM I NUM 1 50 1 . 5 ME6/AE M EH6/AE M EA6/AE 250 1 .5 ME9/AE MEH9/AE M EA9/AE 300 1 . 5 M E 1 2/AE MEH1 2/AE MEA1 2/AE 450 1 . 5 M E 1 8/AE M E H 1 8/AE MEA1 8/AE 600 2.0 ME24/AE MEH24/AE MEA24/AE 750 2.0 M E30/AE MEH30/AE MEA30/AE 900 2.0 ME36/AE MEH36/AE MEA36/AE

PLEASE SEE PAGES 1 6 - 1 9 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 44 -

Page 51: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE LADDER AND CABLE TROUGH COVERS

SP - SOLID PLAIN TYPE

VP - VENTILATED PLAIN TYPE

SF - SOLID FLANGED TYPE

VF- VENTILATED FLANGED TYPE

CABLE LADDER MATERIAL / PART LENGTH / MATERIAL FLANGE COVER SERIES FINISH WIDTH NUMBER RADIUS THICKNESS WIDTH

INCHES(mm) STRAIGHT (mm) FOR CABLE SP SECTION LADDERS VP - - MILL GALV. 6 (150) (PLEASE SEE (mm) 1 - 1.2 ONLY SF 9 (250) PAGE No. 1 8 1 - 2440 2 - 1.5 (mm) VF H- HDGAF 12 (300) FOR BASIC PART 2 - 3000 3 - 2.0 1 - 20

18 (450) NUMBERS) 3 - 3657 4 - 2.5 2 - 32

A-ALUMINUM 24 (600) 4 - 7315 3 - 40

30 (750)

CABLE TROUGH 36 (900) FITTINGS

COVER (mm)

(INUICA I t 3 - 300mm

LETTER "-T" 6 - 600mm

AT THE END OF 9 - 900mm

THE CATALOG

NUMBER

EXAMPLES : SF12/ S 1 212- is a mill galvanized solid flanged cover for 300mm (12") wide cable ladder, 2440mm ( 8ft) length. 1 .5mm thick, 32mm flange width.

VPH 36/9H3/22- is a ventilated plain type cover, HDGAF finish, for 900mm (36") wide cabh ladder 90 deg elbow, 300mm radius. 1 . 5mm thick, 32mm flange width.

NOTE All cable ladder and cable trough fittings covers are without flange (plain type only).

COVER ACCESSORIES

"". --�: ...

SCCL-X( )

SIDE COVER CLAMP OCCL-WX( )

DOUBLE CLAMP CONNECTOR WACL-WX( )

WRAP AROUND CONNECTOR

NOTES : X- AFFIX SIDE HEIGHT PART NUMBER, ( ) - AFFIX MATERIAL FINISH, W - CABLE LADDER WIDTH

• PLEASE SEE ORDERING INFORMATION ON PAGES 15-16 FOR SERIES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTIONS

- 45 -

Page 52: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

- 46 -

STAN DARD ACC ESSORIES CONN ECTORS (SPLICE PLATES)

LD- SERIES CABLE LADDER

SCLD-( )

STANDARD CONNECTOR

RCLD-X( )R REDUCING CONNECTORS

ECLD-( )

EXPANSION CONNECTOR

9ALD-( )

90 DEG. ANGLE CONNECTOR

VACLD-( )

VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE

CONNECTOR

BCLD-W( )

BOX CONNECTOR

M U , H S AND AM SERIES CABLE LADDER AND ME SERIES TROUGH

� �· STANDARD CONNECTOR

RCL-X( )R REDUCING CONNECTOR

ECL-X( )

EXPANSION CONNECTOR

9AL-X( ) 90 DEG. ANGLE CONNECTOR

VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE

CONNECTOR

BCL-WX( ) BOX CONNECTOR

HACLD-( )

HORIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE

CONNECTOR

BELO-W( ) BLIND END

HACL-X( ) HORIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE

CONNECTOR

BEL-WX( ) BLIND END

NOTES : X-AFFIX SIDE HEIGHT PART NUMBER,( )-AFFIX FINISH, W-LADDEX WIDTH R-REDUCTION

EXAMPLE: SCLD - IS LD SERIES STANDARD CONNECTOR MILL GALVANIZED FINISH.

ECLD-H - IS LD SERIES EXPANSION CONNECTOR, HDGAF FINISH.

SCL-2H - STANDARD CONNECTOR FOR 125mm SIDE HEIGHT CABLE LADDER HSGAF FINISH

*PLEASE SEE ORDERING INFORMATION ON PAGES 1 6- 1 9 FOR SERIES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

Page 53: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STAN DARD ACC ESSORIES LD- SERIES CABLE LADDER

HDC-LD-( ) HOLD DOWN CLAMP

EG-LO-( ) EXPANSION GUIDE

EBJ-LD EARTH BONDING JUMPER

MU, HS AND AM SERIES CABLE LADDER AND ME SERIES TROUGH

HDCL-( ) HOLD DOWN CLAMP

BARRIER STRIPS

EGL-( ) EXPANSION GUIDE

EBJL

EARTH BONDING JUMPER

HB-X( )

00-LD-( ) DROP OUT

DOL-W( ) DROP OUT

SB-X( ) STRAIGHT BARRIER HORIZONTAL FITTINGS BARRIER

VB-X( ) VERTICAL FITTINGS BARRIER

BSC BARRIER STRIP CLIP

BCA-X( ) BARRIER STRIP CLIP

ASSEMBLY

NOTES X- AFFIX SIDE HEIGHT PART NUMBER, ( ) - AFFIX MATERIAL FINISH, W - CABLE LADDER

EXAMPLES : HDCL-2 - LADDER HOLD DOWN CLAMP, HDGAF FINISH

SB-2H - IS STRAIGHT BARRIER FOR 125mm SIDE HT. CABLE LADDER, HDGAF FINISH.

SCL-18H - CABLE LADDER DROP OUT, FOR 18" (450mm) WIDE CABLE LADDER, HDGAF FINISI-

*PLEASE SEE ORDERING INFORMATION ON PAGES 16- 1 9 FOR SERIES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

- 47 -

Page 54: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTROLINK CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

CABLE TRAY AND FITTINGS

Page 55: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE TRAYS AtiD FITTitiGS

- 49 -

Page 56: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE

TRAY SERIES

LP,MP,HP, XMP,XHP (plain type)

LR,MR,HR, XMR,XHR {outside returned

flange type)

LI,MI,HI,

XMI, XHI {inside

returned flange type)

LC,MC,HC,

XMC,XHC

CABLE TRAY ORDERING IN FORMATION

FINISH

- MILL GALVANIZED -

FINISH

H- HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION

NOTE:

ADD THE PREFIX "S"

WIDTH

IN. (mm)

2 (50) 4 (100) 6 (1 50) 9 (250)

1 2 (300) 18 (450) 24 {600) 30 {750) 36 {900)

PART NUMBER LENGTH /

RADIUS

S- STRAIGHT SECTION STRAIGHT 9H- 90 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW SECTION 6H- 60 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW (mm) 4H- 45 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW 1 - 2440 3H- 30 DEG. HORIZONTAL ELBOW 2 - 3000

HT- HORIZONTAL TEE FITTINGS HC- HORIZONTAL CROSS (mm) SR- STRAIGHT REDUCER 3 - 300mm RR· RIGHT HAND REDUCER 6 - 600mm LR· LEFT HAND REDUCER 9 - 900mm

VERTICAL FITTINGS

9RI· 90 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW SRI- 60 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 4RI- 45 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 3RI- 30 DEG. VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW

MATERIAL

THICKNESS (mm)

0 - 1 .0 1 - 1 .2 2 - 1 .5 3 - 2.0 4 - 2.5

(90 deg. inside AT THE END OF THE returned

flange type)

NOTE

- 50 -

9RO- 90 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW CATALOG NUMBER 6RO- 60 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW INDICATE SOLID 4RO- 45 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW BOTTOM CABLI:: TRAY 3RO- 30 DEG. VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW

ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER

STRAIGHT SECTION

CAB::T:�E�ERIESJ�MP H 6 1 5�1 l MATERIAL FINISH_j L

WIDTH

FITTING

EXAMPLE : MP H 6 /9H 3 I 2

MATERIAL THICKNESS

LENGTH

BASIC PART NUMBER

CABLE TAAV SERIES J I 1 1 T I MATERC.L THICKNESS

MATERIAL FINISH RADIUS

WIDTH BASIC PART NUMBER

: IF THERE IS NO THIRD LETTER INDICATOR IN CATALOG NUMBER, IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE MATERIAL IS

MILL GALVANIZED FINISH.

Page 57: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE TRAYS

ELECTROLINK CABLE TRAYS ARE DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED TO ENSURE EASE DURING INSTALLATION, PRODUCED IN 3.0 METER AND 2.44 METER (8 FT.) AS STANDARD AND OFFERED IN FOUR DIFFERENT TYPES OF SECTIONS, i.e., PLAIN, OUTSIDE RETURNED FLANGE, INSIDE RETURNED FLANGE AND 90 DEG. INSIDE FLANGE. THE STRAIGHT SECTIONS AND ITS MATCHING FITTINGS ARE AVAILABLE IN STANDARD MILL GALVANIZED FINISH TO BS 2989 AND HOT DIP GALVANIZED FINISH TO BS 729, OPTIONAL MATERIALS AND FINISHES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE TO SUIT CUSTOMER'S REQUIREMENTS.

PLAIN FLANGE CABLE TRAY (P-SERIES)

WIDTH:FROM 50 TO 900mm STANDARD FINISHES : NON- STANDARD FINISH: LENGTH:3.0 & 2.44 METERS MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.) EPOXY I POLYESTER POWDER COATING FLANGE HEIGHT TO BS 2989 1 ) LP = 30mm NON..STANDARD MATERIAL: 2) MP = 50mm HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER STAINLESS STEEL 3) HP = 60mm FABRICATION (HDGAF) 4) XMP = 75mm TO BS 729 OR ISO 1 461 : 1 999 (E) 5) XHP = 1 00mm

LP SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M. G. HDGAF

50 1 . 5 3.9 LP2 LPH2 100 1 .5 5.6 LP4 LPH4 150 1 .5 7.4 LP6 LPH6 250 1 .5 10.9 LP9 LPH9 300 1.5 12.7 LP12 LPH12 450 2.0 24.0 LP18 LPH18 600 2.0 31 .0 LP24 LPH24 750 2.0 38.0 LP30 LPH30 900 2.0 45.2 LP36 LPH36

MP SERIES HP SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M. G. HDGAF WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

50 1 .5 5.2 MP2 MPH2 50 1 .5 6.0 HP2 HPH2 100 1 .5 7.0 MP4 MPH4 100 1 .5 7.7 HP4 HPH4 150 1.5 8.8 MP6 MPH6 150 1.5 9.5 HP6 HPH6 250 1.5 12.3 MP9 MPH9 250 1 .5 13.0 HP9 HPH9 300 1 . 5 14.0 MP12 MPH12 300 1 .5 14.8 HP12 HPH12 450 2.0 19.4 MP18 MPH18 450 2.0 20.0 HP18 HPH18 600 2.0 32.9 MP24 MPH24 600 2.0 33.9 HP24 HPH24 750 2.0 40.0 MP30 MPH30 750 2.0 40.9 HP30 HPH30 900 2.0 47.0 MP36 MPH36 900 2.0 48.0 HP36 HPH36

XMP SERIES XHP SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M. G. HDGAF WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M. G. HDGAF

100 1 .5 8.8 XMP4 XMPH4 100 1 .5 10.5 XHP4 XHPH4 150 1 . 5 10.5 XMP6 XMPH6 150 1 .5 12.3 XHP6 XHPH6 250 1 . 5 14.0 XMP9 XMPH9 250 1 .5 15.8 XHP9 XHPH9 300 1 .5 15.8 XMP12 XMPH12 300 1 .5 17.6 XHP12 XHPH12 450 2.0 21.0 XMP18 XMPH18 450 2.0 22.9 XHP18 XHPH18 600 2.0 35.3 XMP24 XMPH24 600 2.0 37.6 XHP24 XHPH24 750 2.0 42.0 XMP30 XMPH30 750 2.0 44.7 XHP30 XHPH30 900 2.0 49.0 XMP36 XMPH36 900 2.0 5 1 .8 XHP36 XHPH36

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES I DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

- 51 -

Page 58: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTaoliNk Co. LTd. 6�!' , Q.u �4J+SJI �.J .u� HORIZO!!TAL ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES (mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

50 1 .5 LP2/9H3 LPH2/9H3 LP2/4H3 LPH2/4H3 1 00 1.5 LP4/9H3 LPH4/9H3 LP4/4H3 LPH4/4H3 150 1.5 LP6/9H3 LPH6/9H3 LP6/4H3 LPH6/4H3 250 1.5 LP9/9H3 LPH9/9H3 LP914H3 LPH9/4H3 300 1 .5 LP12/9H3 LPH1 2/9H3 LP1 2/4H3 LPH12/4H3 450 2.0 LP1B/9H3 LPH1 B/9H3 LP1 B/4H3 LPH1 B/4H3 600 2.0 LP24/9H3 LPH24/9H3 LP24/4H3 LPH24/4H3 750 2.0 LP30/9H3 LPH30/9H3 LP30/4H3 LPH30/4H3 900 2.0 LP36/9H3 LPH36/9H3 LP36/4H3 LPH36/4H3

HORIZONTAL TEE 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH

(mm)

50 100

150

250

300

450

600

750

900

NOTE :

THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm)

1 .� LP2/HT3 LPH2/HT3

1 .5 LP4/HT3 LPH4/HT3

1.5 LP6/HT3 LPH6/HT3

1 .5 LP9/HT3 LPH9/HT3

1 .5 LP1 2/HT3 LPH1 2/HT3

2.0 LP18/HT3 LPH18/HT3

2.0 LP24/HT3 LPH24/HT3

2.0 LP30/HT3 LPH30/HT3

2.0 LP36/HT3 LPH36/HT3

"";!·�,.,.. ·� · .,..;1'�1 .,.._, � ..... .......... �v.:-=��-��-v.�� .. ---�� ... -........... :J:l��--w-·· , .. .-«

�- .... ' .$..... $ � '<>. ""';,#':' -�� (@- �l ' �; ( l ; �/ � �- � "· '<:: .... :::,.. .... -� �"'-�� ... ,... < I>�- - ... �--..;�.!

.<1-�·/ �- -t t� �� �-.-:'" .... .,. .,. ''" �-� '-, ·"',. '·

4''�� ,.,:- tb<f <"'>�'�' ./' ·£c'" , :;-('<' ,/·:�:�-���'

//

�� · ' <.-l-· --.,.;:t• -��·" .. . '': --�...::::) ... ,- .. """' "'k 'J·

••• if .,;> "";! ldj ' \ \\ \�<., � ..., .......

......... ' �,-·'

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

50 1.5 LP2/HC3 LPH2/HC3

100 1 .5 LP4/HC3 LPH4/HC3

150 1 .5 LP6/HC3 LPH6/HC3

250 1.5 LP9/HC3 LPH9/HC3

300 1 .5 LP12/HC3 LPH1 2/HC3

450 2.0 LP1 8/HC3 LPH1 8/HC3

600 2.0 LP24/HC3 LPH24/HC3

750 2.0 LP30/HC3 LPH30/HC3

900 2.0 LP36/HC3 LPH36/HC3

SHOWN ABOVE ARE LP SERIES CABLE TRAY FITTINGS, i.e. 30mm SIDE HEIGHT, TO INDICATE 60mm SIDE HEIGHT, REPLACE LP WITH HP.

EXAMPLE : LP24 / HT 3 / 1 2 IS A PLAIN TYPE CABLE TRAY HORIZONTAL TEE WITH 30mm SIDE HEIGHT, REPLACE

LP WITH HP, i.e. HP 24/ HT3 /12, THE FITTINGS WILL BE IDENTIFIED AS A 60mm SIDE HEIGHT CABLE

TRAY HORIZONTAL TEE.

PLEASE SEE PAGE 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 52 -

r-...,

Page 59: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE

(mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

50 1.5 LP219RI3 LPH219RI3 LP2/4RI3 LPH214RI3

100 1.5 LP4/9RI3 LPH4/9RI3 LP4/4RI3 LPH4/4RI3

150 1.5 LP6/9RI3 LPH6/9RI3 LP6/4RI3 LPH6/4RI3

250 1.5 LP9/9RI3 LPH9/9RI3 LP9/4RI3 LPH9/4RI3

/� 300 1 .5 LP1219RI3 LPH12/9RI3 LP1 214RI3 LPH1214RI3 �"I'� ' 450 2.0 LP1 8/9RI3 LPH1 8/9RI3 LP18/4RI3 LPH1 8/4RI3 r,l /

/ .r#' / 600 2.0 LP24/9RI3 LPH24/9RI3 LP24/4RI3 LPH24/4RI3 ., / 750 2.0 LP30/9RI3 LPH30/9RI3 LP30/4RI3 LPH30/4RI3

... . .... / r .�./ ,_ /_.

900 2.0 LP36/9RI3 LPH36/9RI3 LP36/4RI3 LPH36/4RI3 --......,, ..

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE 45 DEGREES OUTSIDE

NOTE :

EXAMPLE :

·"" /:. . /' .... , //,; �,"'! � ... ":/ ' "">·

(mm) (mm}

50 1 .5

100 1 .5 1 50 1 .5

250 1 .5

300 1 . 5 450 2.0

600 2.0

750 2.0

900 2.0

M.G. HDGAF M.G.

LP2/9R03 LPH219R03 LP214R03 LP4/9R03 LPH4/9R03 LP4/4R03 LP6/9R03 LPH6/9R03 LP6/4R03

LP9/9R03 LPH9/9R03 LP9/4R03

LP1 219R03 LPH1 219R03 LP1214R03 LP1 8/9R03 LPH18/9R03 LP18/4R03

LP24/9R03 LPH24/9R03 LP24/4R03

LP30/9R03 LPH30/9R03 LP30/4R03

LP36/9R03 LPH36/9R03 LP36/4R03

To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg. vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute "6" for 60 deg. and

"3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

LPH9/6R03 is a cable tray 9" ( 250mm ) wide, 60 deg. vertical outside elbow, 300mm radius.

PLEASE SEE PAG E 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

HDGAF

LPH214R03

LPH4/4R03

LPH6/4R03

LPH9/4R03

LPH1 2/4R03 LPH18/4R03

LPH24/4R03

LPH30/4R03

LPH36/4R03

- 53 -

Page 60: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcraoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF

100-50 1 .5 LP4/SR2 LPH4/SR2

150-100 1 .5 LP6/SR4 LPH6/SR4

250-150 1 . 5 LP9/SR6 LPH9/SR6

300-250 1 .5 LP12/SR9 LPH12/SR9

450-300 1 .5 LP18/SR12 LPH18/SR12

600-450 2.0 LP24/SR18 LPH24/SR18

750-600 2.0 LP30/SR24 LPH30/SR24

900-750 2.0 LP36/SR30 LPH36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

100-50 1 .5 LP4/RR2 LPH4/RR2 150-100 1 .5 LP6/RR4 LPH6/RR4 250-150 1 . 5 LP9/RR6 LPH9RR6 300-250 1 .5 LP12/RR9 LPH12/RR9 450-300 1.5 LP1 8/RR12 LPH18/RR12 600-450 2.0 LP24/RR18 LPH24/RR18 750-600 2.0 LP30/RR24 LPH30/RR24 900-750 2.0 LP36/RR30 LPH36/RR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

1 00-50 1.5 LP4/LR2 LPH4/LR2

150-100 1.5 LP6/LR4 LPH6/LR4

250-150 1 .5 LP9/LR6 LPH9/LR6

300-250 1.5 LP12/LR9 LPH12/LR9 450-300 1 .5 LP18/LR12 LPH1 8/LR12

600-450 2.0 LP24/LR18 LPH24/LR18

750-600 2.0 LP30/LR24 LPH30/LR24

900-750 2.0 LP36/LR30 LPH36/LR30

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES I DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

PLEASE SEE PAG E 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 54 -

Page 61: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

--

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd. m �t: . r I '�· ,.., ,; "' ... �ot;.� ea'::'

OUTSIDE RETURNED FLANGE CABLE TRAY

WIDTH : FROM 50 TO 900mm STANDARD FINISHES : LENGTH : 2.44 AND 3.0 METERS MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.) FLANGE HEIGHTS: TO BS 2989 1) LR = 30mm 2) MR = 50mm HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER

3) HR = 60mm FABRICATION (HDGAF)

4) XMR = 75mm TO BS 729 OR ISO 1 461 : 1 999 (E) 5) XHR = 1 00mm

LR SERIES

WIDTH mm

50

100 150

250 300

450

600 750

900

MR SERIES HR SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT ky M. G. HDGAF WIDTH mm

50 1 .2 4.8 MR2 MRH2 50

100 1.2 6.2 MR4 MRH4 100

150 1 .2 7.6 MR6 MRH6 150

250 1 .5 13.0 MR9 MRH9 250

300 1.5 14.8 MR12 MRH12 300

450 1.5 20.0 MR18 MRH18 450

600 2.0 33.9 MR24 MRH24 600

750 2.0 40.9 MR30 MRH30 750

900 2.0 48.0 MR36 MRH36 900

Q�!) > �� '4JtSJI �J LS�

NON· STANDARD FINISH: EPOXY I POLYESTER POWDER COATING

NON-STANDARD MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL

THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

1 .2 3.7 LR2 LRH2 1.2 5.0 LR4 LRH4 1 .2 6.4 LR6 LRH6 1 .5 1 1 .6 LR9 LRH9 1 .5 13.4 LR1 2 LRH12 1 .5 18.7 LR18 LRH18 2.0 32.0 LR24 LRH24 2.0 39.0 LR30 LRH30

2.0 46.0 LR36 LRH36

THICK mm WEIGHT kg M. G. HDGAF

1.2 5.3 HR2 HRH2 1.2 6.7 HR4 HRH4 1 .2 8.0 HR6 HRH6 1 .5 13.7 HR9 HRH9 1.5 15.5 HR12 HRH12

1.5 20.8 HR18 HRH18 2.0 34.8 HR24 HRH24 2.0 41.9 HR30 HRH30 2.0 48.9 HR36 HRH36

XMR SERIES XHR SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M. G. HDGAF

100 1.5 9.5 XMR4 XMRH4 100 1.5 1 1 .3 XHR4 XHRH4

150 1.5 1 1 .3 XMR6 XMRH6 150 1.5 13.0 XHR6 XHRH6

250 1.5 14.8 XMR9 XMRH9 250 1 .5 16.6 XHR9 XHRH9

300 1.5 16.6 XMR12 XMRH12 300 1.5 18.3 XHR12 XHRH12

450 1.5 21.9 XMR18 XMRH18 450 1 .5 23.6 XHR18 XHRH18

600 2.0 36.0 XMR24 XMRH24 600 2.0 38.6 XHR24 XHRH24

750 2.0 43.3 XMR30 XMRH30 .750 2.0 45.6 XHR30 XHRH30

900 2.0 50.3 XMR36 XMRH36 900 2.0 52.7 XHR36 XHRH36

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES I DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

- 55 -

Page 62: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HORIZONTAL TEE 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

50 1 .2 LR2/HT3 LRH2/HT3

100 1 .2 LR4/HT3 LRH4/HT3

150 1 .2 LR6/HT3 LRH6/HT3

250 1 .5 LR9/HT3 LRH9/HT3

300 1 .5 LR12/HT3 LRH12/HT3

450 1 .5 LR1 8/HT3 LRH1 8/HT3

600 2.0 LR24/HT3 LRH24/HT3

750 2.0 LR30/HT3 LRH30/HT3

900 2.0 LR36/HT3 LRH36/HT3

., .... �' ..,. .... f3�. ����, �· �l /J� ,l.!t ' � ·•I ' �:I '� .,.,...

,.....,�.d' .p"" ... .... /./ -.....,,, . .r"

� �-� Q�!' > Q.jf �4�1 �j 4-.S� . r -f :t· "' -.; � � "'" !). ' " "'ot;,k ea··

HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm)

50 100 150

250

300

450

600

750

900

(mm) M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

1 .2 LR2/9H3 LRH2/9H3 LR2/4H3 LRH2/4H3 1 .2 LR4/9H3 LRH4/9H3 LR4/4H3 LRH4/4H3 1.2 LR6/9H3 LRH6/9H3 LR6/4H3 LRH6/4H3 1 . 5 LR9/9H3 LRH9/9H3 LR9/4H3 LRH9/4H3 1 .5 LR1 2/9H3 LRH1 2/9H3 LR12/4H3 LRH12/4H3

1 .5 LR1 8/9H3 LRH1 8/9H3 LR18/4H3 LRH18/4H3 2.0 LR24/9H3 LRH24/9H3 LR24/4H3 LRH24/4H3

2.0 LR30/9H3 LRH30/9H3 LR30/4H3 LRH30/4H3

2.0 LR36/9H3 LRH36/9H3 LR36/4H3 LRH36/4H3

� .,, .,. £<�:· Eh" �--:1) //

� •·�>. .. ��:-·,. \� � �-#,/ ..... ' ..-.;.. " ..,. .

�-�· ., . ·�·� ..... "<>'./ � ..... --.. -"�·"' ...... f o�:" ... ��� .... ���::+. \;

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK M. G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

50 1 .2 LR2/HC3 LRH2/HC3

100 1 .2 LR4/HC3 LRH4/HC3

150 1 .2 LR6/HC3 LRH6/HC3

250 1.5 LR9/HC3 LRH9/HC3 300 1 .5 LR12/HC3 LRH12/HC3

450 1 .5 LR1 8/HC3 LRH1 8/HC3 600 2.0 LR24/HC3 LRH24/HC3

750 2.0 LR30/HC3 LRH30/HC3 900 2.0 LR36/HC3 LRH36/HC3

NOTE: SHOWN ABOVE ARE LR SERIES CABLE TRAY FITTINGS, i.e., 30mm SIDE HEIGHT, TO INDICATE 60mm SIDE HEIGHT REPLACE LR WITH HR.

EXAMPLE: LR 24/HT 3/12 IS AN OUTSIDE RETURNED FLANGE CABLE TRAY HORIZONTAL TEE WITH 300mm SIDE HEIGHT,

REPLACE LR WITH HR, i.e., HR 24/HT 3/12, THE FITTINGS WILL BE IDENTIFIED AS A 60mm SIDE HEIGHT CABLE

TRAY HORIZONTAL TEE.

PLEASE SEE PAGE 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUM BER.

- 56 -

�--....

Page 63: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE

(mm}

50

100

150

250

300

450

600

750

900

(mm} M.G. HDGAF

1 .2 LR2/9RI3 LRH2/9RI3

1 .2 LR4/9RI3 LRH4/9RI3

1 .2 LR6/9RI3 LRH6/9RI3

1 .5 LR9/9RI3 LRH9/9RI3

1 .5 LR12/9RI3 LRH12/9RI3

1.5 LR1 8/9RI3 LRH1 8/9RI3

2.0 LR24/9RI3 LRH24/9RI3

2.0 LR30/9RI3 LRH30/9RI3

2.0 LR36/9RI3 LRH36/9RI3

M.G. HDGAF

LR2/4RI3 LRH2/4RI3

LR4/4RI3 LRH4/4RI3

LR6/4RI3 LRH6/4RI3

LR9/4RI3 LRH9/4RI3

LR12/4RI3 LRH12/4RI3

LR18/4RI3 LRH18/4RI3

LR24/4RI3 LRH24/4RI3

LR30/4RI3 LRH30/4RI3

LR36/4RI3 LRH36/4RI3

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH

(mm}

50

100 150

250

300

450

600

750

900

THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE (mm} M.G. HDGAF

45 DEGREES OUTSIDE

M.G. HDGAF

1 .2 LR2/9R03 LRH2/9R03 LR2/4R03 LRH2/4R03 1.2 LR4/9R03 LRH4/9R03 LR4/4R03 LRH4/4R03

1 .2 LR6/9R03 LRH6/9R03 LR6/4R03 LRH6/4R03

1 .5 LR9/9R03 LRH9/9R03 LR9/4R03 LRH9/4R03

1 .5 LR1 2/9R03 LRH1 2/9R03 LR12/4R03 LRH1 2/4R03

1 .5 LR1 8/9R03 LRH1 8/9R03 LR1 8/4R03 LRH1 8/4R03

2.0 LR2419R03 LRH24/9R03 LR24/4R03 LRH24/4R03

2.0 LR30/9R03 LRH30/9R03 LR30/4R03 LRH30/4R03

2.0 LR36/9R03 LRH36/9R03 LR36/4R03 LRH36/4R03

NOTE : To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg. vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute "6" for 60 deg and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

EXAMPLE : LRH9/6R03 i s a cable tray 9" (250mm) wide, 60 deg. vertical outside elbow, 300mm radius, ventilated.

PLEASE SEE PAGE 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 57 -

Page 64: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF

100-50 1 .2 LR4/SR2 LRH4/SR2

1 50-100 1.2 LR6/SR4 LRH6/SR4

250-150 1 .5 LR9/SR6 LRH9/SR6

300-250 1.5 LR12/SR9 LRH12/SR9

450-300 1 .5 LR18/SR12 LRH18/SR12

600-450 2.0 LR24/SR18 LRH24/SR18

750-600 2.0 LR30/SR24 LRH30/SR24

900-750 2.0 LR36/SR30 LRH36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF

100-50 1 .2 LR4/RR2 LRH4/RR2

150-100 1 .2 LR6/RR4 LRH6/RR4

250-150 1 .5 LR9/RR6 LRH9RR6 300-250 1 .5 LR12/RR9 LRH12/RR9

450-300 1 .5 LR1 8/RR12 LRH1 8/RR12

600-450 2.0 LR24/RR18 LRH24/RR18 750-600 2.0 LR30/RR24 LRH30/RR24

900-750 2.0 LR36/RR30 LRH36/RR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

1 00-50 1.2 LR4/LR2 LRH4/LR2

150-100 1.2 LR6/LR4 LRH6/LR4 250-150 1 .5 LR9/LR6 LRH9/LR6

300-250 1 .5 LR12/LR9 LRH12/LR9

450-300 1 .5 LR18/LR12 LRH18/LR12

600-450 2.0 LR24/LR18 LRH24/LR18

750-600 2.0 LR30/LR24 LRH30/LR24

900-750 2.0 LR36/LR30 LRH36/LR30

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES I DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

PLEASE SEE PAGE 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUM BER.

- 58 -

Page 65: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd. 6-'!' >�I ,4�1�J LS� INSIDE RETURNED FLANGE CABLE TRAY

WIDTH : FROM 50 TO 900mm STANDARD FINISHES : NON- STANDARD FINISH: LENGTH : 2.44 AND 3.0 METER MILL GALVANIZED (M.G.) EPOXY/POLYESTER POWDER COATING FLANGE HEIGHTS: TO BS 2989 1 ) Ll = 30mm NON-sTANDARD MATERIAL: 2) Ml = 50mm HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER STAINLESS STEEL 3) HI = SOmm FABRICATION (HDGAF) 4) XMI = 75mm TO BS 729 5) XHI = 100mm

Ll SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

50 1 .2 3.7 Ll2 LIH2 100 1 .2 5.0 Ll4 LIH4 150 1 .2 S.4 LIS LIHS 250 1 .5 1 1 .S Ll9 LIH9 300 1.5 13.4 Ll12 LIH12 450 1 .5 18.7 Ll18 LIH18 soo 2.0 32.0 Ll24 LIH24 750 2.0 39.0 Ll30 LIH30 900 2.0 4S.O LI3S LIH3S

Ml SERIES HI SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

50 1.2 4.8 M12 MIH2 50 1 .2 5.3 Hl2 HIH2 100 1.2 S.2 Ml4 MIH4 100 1.2 S.7 Hl4 HIH4 150 1.2 7.S MI6 MIH6 150 1.2 8.0 HIS HIHS

250 1.5 13.0 Ml9 MIH9 250 1.5 13.7 Hl9 HIH9 300 1 .5 14.8 Ml12 MIH12 300 1.5 15.5 Hl12 HIH12

450 1 .5 20.0 Ml18 MIH18 450 1.5 20.8 H118 HIH18 600 2.0 33.9 M124 MIH24 600 2.0 34.8 Hl24 HIH24 750 2.0 40.9 M130 MIH30 750 2.0 41.9 Hl30 HIH30 900 2.0 48.0 MI3S MIH3S 900 2.0 48.9 HI3S HIH36

,-----... XMI SERIES XHI SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

100 1 .5 9.5 XMI4 XMIH4 100 1.5 1 1 .3 XHI4 XHIH4 150 1 .5 1 1 .3 X MI6 XMIH6 150 1.5 13.0 XHI6 XHIH6 250 1.5 14.8 XMI9 XMIH9 250 1.5 16.S XHI9 XHIH9

300 1 .5 16.6 XMI12 XMIH12 300 1.5 18.3 XH112 XHIH12 450 1 .5 21.9 XMI16 XMIH16 450 1 .5 23.6 XH1.18 XHIH18

600 2.0 36.0 XMI24 XMIH24 600 2.0 38.6 XHI24 XHIH24

750 2.0 43.3 XMI30 XMIH30 750 2.0 45.6 XHI30 XHIH30

900 2.0 50.3 XMI36 XMIH36 900 2.0 52.7 XHI3S XHIH36

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES I DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

- 59 -

Page 66: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF M. G. HDGAF

50 1 .2 LI2/9H3 LIH2/9H3 LI2/4H3 LIH2/4H3 100 1 . 2 LI4/9H3 LIH4/9H3 LI4/4H3 LIH4/4H3

k[�·· �- '

?.�� 1 50 1 .2 LI6/9H3 LIH6/9H3 ·- '

"(:<>,,. ''""·;;s 250 1 . 5 LI9/9H3 LIH9/9H::; ... .... "" ............ ;JJ',., ,,, . ·_.,./ 300 1 . 5 LI1 2/9H3 LIH12/9H3 .............. , ·

LI6/4H3 LIH6/4H3

LI9/4H3 LIH9/4H3

LI12/4H3 LIH12/4H3 450 1 . 5 LI18/9H3 LIH1 8/9H3 LI1 8/4H3 LIH1 8/4H3 600 2.0 LI24/9H3 LIH24/9H3 LI24/4H3 LIH24/4H3 750 2.0 LI30/9H3 LIH30/9H3 LI30/4H3 LIH30/4H3 900 2.0 LI36/9H3 LIH36/9H3 LI36/4H3 LIH36/4H3

HORIZONTAL TEE 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH

(mm)

50 100

150 250

300

450

600

750

900

.... �·,' ''· �� \i:' 71 ·#f/ �� ""''� .. �"' .,...,. ....... , �.

NOTE:

THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm)

1 .2 LI2/HT3 LIH2/HT3

1 .2 LI4/HT3 LIH4/HT3

1 .2 LI6/HT3 LIH6/HT3

1 .5 LI9/HT3 LIH9/HT3

1 .5 LI1 2/HT3 LIH1 2/HT3

1 .5 LI1 8/HT3 LIH1 8/HT3

2.0 LI24/HT3 LIH24/HT3

2.0 LI30/HT3 LIH30/HT3

2.0 LI36/HT3 LIH36/HT3

"""' ..,., ...... ... "' 4:!1 "g.�l {fr �� � "� , .... , .... ...

-· "'-\;lr.,;-./'.1' . .._, ',/

.., ..... # /,../ """" "' /' -· "" ..-( ,.. ,/.',.�<" / ..... �

.� �-,-1...-:" "'"r

..,.<�· """"'' l�' ·� �· ,e� . � ""·" �-�� � ..... '- f-,.4 ·� . . .. ��� � • j,.

HORIZONTAL CROSS

WIDTH THICK M.G.

(mm) (mm)

50 1.2 LI2/HC3

100 1 .2 LI4/HC3 150 1 . 2 LI6/HC3

250 1 .5 LI9/HC3

300 1 .5 LI1 2/HC3

450 1 .5 LI1 8/HC3

600 2.0 LI24/HC3

750 2.0 LI30/HC3

900 2.0 LI36/HC3

flw.;,'f:� ��'#: ·� ' �� \�\. ��� • .. (!"� ,.?

� ... �/·""'f

300mm RADIUS

HDGAF

LIH2/HC3

LIH4/HC3 LIH6/HC3 LIH9/HC3

LIH12/HC3 LIH1 8/HC3

LIH24/HC3

LIH30/HC3

LIH36/HC3

SHOWN ABOVE ARE Ll SERIES CABLE TRAY FITTINGS,i.e.,30mm SIDE HEIGHT, TO INDICATE 60mm SIDE HEIGHT REPLACE Ll WITH HI.

EXAMPLE : LI 24/HT 3/12 1S AN INSIDE RETURNED FLANGE CABLE TRAY HORIZONTAL TEE WITH 30mm SIDE HEIGHT, REPLACE L1 WITH HI, i.e, HI 24/HT 3/12, THE FITTINGS WILL BE IDENTIFIED AS A 60mm SIDE HEIGHT CABLE TRAY HORIZONTAL ;rEE.

PLEASE SEE PAG E 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 60 -

Page 67: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm)

50 1 .2

100 1 .2

150 1 .2

250 1 .5

300 1 .5

450 1 .5

600 2.0

750 2.0

900 2.0

NOTE :

EXAMPLE:

90 DEGREES INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE

M.G. HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

LI2/9RI3 LIH2/9RI3 LI2/4RI3 LIH2/4RI3

LI4/9RI3 LIH4/9RI3 LI4/4RI3 LIH4/4RI3

LI6/9RI3 LIH6/9RI3 LI6/4RI3 LIH6/4RI3

LI9/9RI3 LIH9/9RI3 LI9/4RI3 LIH9/4RI3

LI12/9RI3 LIH1 2/9RI3 LI12/4RI3 LIH12/4RI3

LI18/9RI3 LIH1 8/9RI3 LI18/4RI3 LIH18/4RI3

LI24/9RI3 LIH24/9RI3 LI24/4RI3 LIH24/4R13

LI30/9RI3 LIH30/9RI3 .li30/4RI3 LIH30/4RI3

LI36/9RI3 LIH36/9RI3 LI36/4RI3 LIH36/4RI3

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE 45 DEGREES OUTSIDE

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M. G. HDGAF

50 1.2 LI2/9R03 LIH2/9R03 LI2/4R03 LIH2/4R03 100 1.2 LI4/9R03 LIH4/9R03 LI4/4R03 LIH4/4R03

150 1.2 LI6/9R03 LIH6/9R03 LI6/4R03 LIH6/4R03 250 1.5 LI9/9R03 LIH9/9R03 LI9/4R03 LIH9/4R03 300 1.5 LI12/9R03 LIH12/9R03 LI12/4R03 LIH12/4R03 450 1.5 LI1 8/9R03 LIH18/9R03 LI18/4R03 LIH18/4R03

600 2.0 LI24/9R03 LIH24/9R03 LI24/4R03 LIH24/4R03 750 2.0 LI30/9R03 LIH30/9R03 LI30/4R03 LIH30/4R03 900 2.0 LI36/9R03 LIH36/9R03 LI36/4R03 LIH36/4R03

To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg. vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute "6" for 60 deg and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

LIH9/6R03 is a cable tray 9" (250mm) wide, 60 deg. vertical outside elbow, 300mm radius ventilated.

PLEASE SEE PAG E 5 0 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 61 -

Page 68: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK (mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF

100-50 1 .2 LI4/SR2 LIH4/SR2

150-100 1 .2 LI6/SR4 LIH6/SR4

250-150 1 .5 LI9/SR6 LIH9/SR6

300-250 1 .5 LI12/SR9 LIH12/SR9

450-300 1.5 LI18/SR12 LIH18/SR12

600-450 2.0 LI24/SR18 LIH24/SR18

750-600 2.0 LI30/SR24 LIH30/SR24

900-750 2.0 LI36/SR30 LIH36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

{mm) {mm) M. G. HDGAF

100-50 1.2 LI4/RR2 LIH4/RR2

150-100 1.2 LI6/RR4 LIH6/RR4

250-150 1 .5 LI9/RR6 LIH9RR6

300-250 1.5 LI12/RR9 LIH12/RR9

450-300 1 .5 LI18/RR12 LIH18/RR12

600-450 2.0 li24/RR18 LIH24/RR1 8

750-600 2.0 LI30/RR24 LIH30/RR24

900-750 2.0 LI36/RR30 LPI36/RR30

LEFT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

{mm) {mm) M.G. HDGAF

100-50 1.2 LI4/LR2 LIH4/LR2

150-100 1 .2 LI6/LR4 LPI6/LR4

250-150 1 .5 LI9/LR6 LIH9/LR6

300-250 1.5 LI1 2/LR9 LIH12/LR9

450-300 1 .5 LPI8/LR12 LIH18/LR12

600-450 2.0 LI24/LR18 LIH24/LR18

750-600 2.0 LI30/LR24 LIH30/LR24

900-750 2.0 LI36/LR30 LIH36/LR30

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES I DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

PLEASE SEE PAGE 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 62 -

Page 69: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

90 DEG. INSIDE RETURNED FLANGE CABLE TRAY WIDTH : FROM 50 TO 900mm STANDARD FINISHES : NON- STANDARD FINISH: LENGTH : 2.44 AND 3.0 METERS MILL GALVANIZED (M. G.) EPOXY/POLYESTER POWDER COATING FLANGE HEIGHTS: TO BS 2989 1) LC = 30mm NON-STANDARD MATERIAL: 2) MC = 50mm HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER STAINLESS STEEL 3) HC = 60mm F/\BRIC/\TION (HDG/\F) 4) XMC = 75mm TO BS 729 OR ISO 1 461 : 1 999 [E) 5) XHC = 100mm

LC SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

50 1.2 3.7 LC2 LCH2 100 1.2 5.0 LC4 LCH4 150 1.2 6.4 LC6 LCH6 250 1.5 1 1 .6 LC9 LCH9 300 1 .5 13.4 LC12 LCH12

450 1.5 18.7 LC18 LCH18 600 2.0 32.0 LC24 LCH24 750 2.0 39.0 LC30 LCH30 900 2.0 46.0 LC36 LCH36

MC SERIES HC SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

50 1.2 4.8 MC2 MCH2 50 1 .2 5.3 HC2 HCH2 100 1 .2 6.2 MC4 MCH4 100 1 .2 6.7 HC4 HCH4 150 1 .2 7.6 MC6 MCH6 150 1 .2 8.0 HC6 HCH6 250 1.5 13.0 MC9 MCH9 250 1.5 13.7 HC9 HCH9 300 1.5 14.8 MC12 MCH12 300 1.5 15.5 HC12 HCH12 450 1.5 20.0 MC18 MCH18 450 1.5 20.8 HC18 HCH18 600 2.0 33.9 MC24 MCH24 600 2.0 34.8 HC24 HCH24 750 2.0 40.9 MC30 MCH30 750 2.0 41.9 HC30 HCH30 900 2.0 48.0 MC36 MCH36 900 2.0 48.9 HC36 HCH36

XMC SERIES XHC SERIES

WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF WIDTH mm THICK mm WEIGHT kg M.G. HDGAF

100 1.5 9.5 XMC4 XMCH4 100 1.5 1 1 .3 XHC4 XHCH4 150 1.5 1 1 .3 XMC6 XMCH6 150 1.5 13.0 XHC6 XHCHS 250 1.5 14.8 XMC9 XMCH9 250 1 .5 16.6 XHC9 XHCH9 300 1 .5 16.6 XMC12 XMCH12 300 1 .5 18.3 XHC12 XHCH12 450 1 .5 21 .9 XMC18 XMCH18 450 1 .5 23.6 XHC18 XHCH18

600 2.0 36.0 XMC24 XMCH24 600 2.0 38.6 XHC24 XHCH24 750 2.0 43.3 XMC30 XMCH30 750 2.0 45.6 XHC30 XHCH30

900 2.0 50.3 XMC36 XMCH36 900 2.0 52.7 XHC36 XHCH36

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES/DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

- 63 -

Page 70: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd. 0�!' > Q.(J r-4�1 �J A..S� HORIZONTAL ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES 45 DEGREES

(mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF M. G. HDGAF

50 1.2 LC2/9H3 LCH2/9H3 LC2/4H3 LCH2/4H3 100 1 .2 LC4/9H3 LCH4/9H3 LC4/4H3 LCH4/4H3 150 1.2 LC6/9H3 LCH6/9H3 LC6/4H3 LCH6/4H3

250 1 .5 LC9/9H3 LCH9/9H3 LC9/4H3 LCH9/4H3

300 1 .5 LC12/9H3 LCH1 2/9H3 LC12/4H3 LCH12/4H3 450 1 .5 LC1 8/9H3 LCH1 8/9H3 LC1 8/4H3 LCH18/4H3

600 2.0 LC24/9H3 LCH24/9H3 LC24/4H3 LCH24/4H3 750 2.0 LC30/9H3 LCH30/9H3 LC30/4H3 LCH30/4H3

900 2.0 LC36/9H3 LCH36/9H3 LC36/4H3 LCH36/4H3

HORIZONTAL TEE 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH

(mm)

50

100 150

250

300

450

600

750

900

- 64 -

THICK M.G. HDGAF

(mm)

1 .2 LC2/HT3 LCH2/HT3

1 .2 LC4/HT3 LCH4/HT3

1 .2 LC6/HT3 LCH6/HT3

1 .5 LC9/HT3 LCH9/HT3

1.5 LC12/HT3 LCH12/HT3

1 .5 LC1 8/HT3 LCH18/HT3

2.0 LC24/HT3 LCH24/HT3

2.0 LC30/HT3 LCH30/HT3

2.0 LC36/HT3 LCH36/HT3

HORIZONTAL CROSS 300mm RADIUS

WDTH THICK M. G. HDGAF

(mm) (mm)

50 1.2 LC2/HC3 LCH2/HC3

100 1.2 LC4/HC3 LCH4/HC3

150 1.2 LC6/HC3 LCH6/HC3 250 1 .5 LC9/HC3 LCH9/HC3 300 1 .5 LC12/HC3 LCH12/HC3 450 1.5 LC18/HC3 LCH18/HC3

600 2.0 LC24/HC3 LCH24/HC3

750 2.0 LC30/HC3 LCH30/HC3

900 2.0 LC36/HC3 LCH36/HC3

NOTE: SHOWN ABOVE ARE LC SERIES CABLE TRAY FITIINGS, i.e, 30mm SIDE HEIGHT, TO INDICATE 60mm SIDE HEIGHT, REPLACE LC WITH HC.

EXAMPLE : LC 24/ HT 3/12 1S A 90 DEG. INSIDE FLANGE CABLE TRAY HORIZONTAL TEE WITH 30mm SIDE HEIGHT, . REPLACE LC WITH HC, i.e, HC 24/HT 3/12, THE FITIINGS WILL BE IDENTIFIED AS A 60mm SIDE HEIGHT CABLE TRAY HORIZONTAL TEE.

PLEASE SEE PAGE 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

r�

Page 71: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

VERTICAL INSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES INSIDE 45 DEGREES INSIDE

(mm) (mm) M.G.

50 1 .2 LC2/9RI3

100 1 .2 LC4/9RI3

150 1 .2 LC6/9RI3

250 1 .5 LC9/9RI3

300 1.5 LC12/9RI3

450 1 .5 LC1 8/9RI3

600 2.0 LC24/9RI3

750 2.0 LC30/9RI3

900 2.0 LC36/9RI3

NOTE :

EXAMPLE:

HDGAF M.G. HDGAF

LCH2/9RI3 LC2/4RI3 LCH2/4RI3

LCH4/9RI3 LC4/4RI3 LCH4/4RI3 LCH6/9RI3 LC6/4RI3 LCH6/4RI3 LCH9/9RI3 LC9/4RI3 LCH9/4RI3

LCH1 2/9RI3 LC12/4RI3 LCH12/4RI3

LCH18/9RI3 LC18/4RI3 LCH1 8/4RI3

LCH24/9RI3 LC24/4RI3 LCH24/4R13

LCH30/9RI3 LC30/4RI3 LCH30/4RI3

LCH36/9RI3 LC36/4RI3 LCH36/4RI3

VERTICAL OUTSIDE ELBOW 300mm RADIUS

WIDTH THICK 90 DEGREES OUTSIDE 45 DEGREES OUTSIDE

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF M. G. HOGAF

50 1.2 LC219R03 LCH219R03 LC2/4R03 LCH2/4R03 100 1.2 LC4/9R03 LCH4/9R03 LC4/4R03 LCH4/4R03 150 1.2 LC6/9R03 LCH6/9R03 LC6/4R03 LCH6/4R03 250 1.5 LC9/9R03 LCH9/9R03 LC9/4R03 LCH9/4R03 300 1.5 LC1 2/9R03 LCH12/9R03 LC12/4R03 LCH12/4R03

450 1.5 LC1 8/9R03 LCH18/9R03 LC18/4R03 LCH1 8/4R03 600 2.0 LC24/9R03 LCH24/9R03 LC24/4R03 LCH24/4R03

750 2.0 LC30/9R03 LCH30/9R03 LC30/4R03 LCH30/4R03 900 2.0 LC36/9R03 LCH36/9R03 LC36/4R03 LCH36/4R03

To specify 60 deg. and 30 deg. vertical elbow inside or outside, substitute "6" for 60 deg. and "3" for 30 degrees in the part number presented above.

LC H9 / 6RO 3 is a cable tray 9" ( 250mm ) wide, 60 deg. vertical outside elbow, 300mm radius, ventilated.

PLEASE SEE PAG E 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 65 -

Page 72: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STRAIGHT REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

1 00-50 1.2 LC4/SR2 LCH4/SR2

150-100 1 .2 LC6/SR4 LCH6/SR4

250-150 1 .5 LC9/SR6 LCH9/SR6

300-250 1 .5 LC12/SR9 LCH12/SR9

450-300 1.5 LC1 8/SR12 LCH18/SR12

600-450 2.0 LC24/SR18 LCH24/SR18

750-600 2.0 LC30/SR24 LCH30/SR24

900-750 2.0 LC36/SR30 LCH36/SR30

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M. G. HDGAF

100-50 1.2 LC4/RR2 LCH4/RR2

150-100 1.2 LC6/RR4 LCH6/RR4

250-150 1.5 LC9/RR6 LCH9RR6

300-250 1 .5 LC12/RR9 LCH12/RR9

450-300 1 .5 LC1 8/RR12 LCH18/RR12

600-450 2.0 LC24/RR18 LCH24/RR18

750-600 2.0 LC30/RR24 LCH30/RR24

900-750 2.0 LC36/RR30 LCH36/RR30

LEFT HAN.D REDUCER

WIDTH THICK

(mm) (mm) M.G. HDGAF

1 00-50 1.2 LC4/LR2 LCH4/LR2

1 50-100 1.2 LC6/LR4 LCH6/LR4

250-150 1 .5 LC9/LR6 LCH9/LR6

300-250 1 .5 LC12/LR9 LCH12/LR9

450-300 1 .5 LC1 8/LR12 LCH18/LR12

600-450 2.0 LC24/LR1 8 LCH24/LR18

750-600 2.0 LC30/LR24 LCH30/LR24

900-750 2.0 LC36/LR30 LCH36/LR30

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES I DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

PLEASE SEE PAG E 50 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

- 66 -

Page 73: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

90 DEG. INSIDE RETURN FLANGE CABLE TRAY SPECIAL FITTINGS.

NW SERIES.

45° BEND

WIDTH WT

(MM) KG

100 0.467

200 0.709

300 0.997

90° BEND

WIDTH WT

(MM) KG

100 0.964

200 1 .467

300 2.049

TEE

WIDTH WT

(MM) KG

100 1 .467

200 2.110

300 2.859

MG HDGAF

MI 4/4H3 NW MIH 4/4H3 NW

M1 8/4H3 NW MIH 8/4H3NW

MI 1 2/4H3 NW MIH 12/4H3NW

MG HDGAF

M1 4/9H3 NW MIH 4/9H3 NW

MI 8/ 9H3 NW MIH 8/ 9H3NW

MI 1 2/9H3 NW MIH 1 2/9H3NW

MG HDGAF

Ml 4/HT3 NW MIH 4/HT3 NW

Ml 8/HT3 NW MIH 8/ HT3NW

MI 12/HT3 NW MIH 1 2/HT3NW

C>

C) C)

- 67 -

Page 74: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

ADD ON BRANCHES

WIDTH WT

(MM) KG MG HDGAF

100 0.900 MI 4/AB NW MIH 4/AB NW

200 1 .072 MI 8/AB NW MIH 8/ ABNW

300 1 .245 M1 1 2/AB NW MIH 12/ABNW

CROSS

WIDTH WT

(MM) KG MG HDGAF

100 1 .878 M1 4/HC3 NW MIH 4/HC3 NW

200 2.611 M1 8/HC3 NW MIH 8/ HC3NW

300 3.549 MI 12/HC3 NW MIH 1 2/HC3NW

- 68 -

Page 75: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Vertical adjustable bend elements

WIDTH WT

(MM) KG MG HDGAF

100 0.393 M1 4NAB NW MIH 4NAB NW

200 0.578 M1 8/ VAB NW MIH 8/ VAB NW

300 0.764 MI 1 2NAB NW MIH 1 2NAB NW

Vertical adjustable 90° Inside Bend

WIDTH WT

(MM) KG MG HDGAF

100 1 .002 MI 4/9RO NW MIH 4/9RO NW

200 1 .584 MI 8/ 9RO NW MIH 8/ 9RO NW

300 2.052 MI 1 2/9RO NW MIH 12/9RO NW

Vertical adjustable 90° Inside Bend

WIDTH WT

100 1.002 MI 4/9RI NW MIH 4/9RI NW

200 1 .584 Ml 8/ 9RI NW MIH 8/ 9RI NW

300 2.052 MI 1 2/9RI NW MIH 1 2/9RI NW

- 69 -

Page 76: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTaoliNk Co. LTd.

CONNECTOR ACCESSORIES

- 70 -

Reducing angles and termination plates

RAP-NW

Straight connector

SC-NW

Angle connector

VAC-NW

Corner Connector

CC-NW

�0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �

Page 77: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE TRAY COVERS

S F • SOLID FLANGED TYPE VF · VENTILATED FLANGED TYPE VP-VENTILATED PLAIN TYPE SP • SOLID PLAIN TYPE

CABLE TRAY COVERS ORDERING INFORMATIONS CABLE TRAY LENGTH / MATERIAL CABLE COVER TYPE FINISH WIDTH PART NUMBER RADIUS THICKNESS TRAY

IN. (mm) (mm) SERIES FLANGED

TYPE - · MILL GALV 2 (50) (PLEASE SEE STRAIGHT 1 - 1 .2 (PLEASE SEE

PAGE NO 50 SECTION PAGE No. 50

SF H- HDGAF 4 (100) FOR BASIC PART (mm) 2 - 1.5 FOR CABLE TRAY

VF

PLAIN TYPE

SP

VP (APPLICABLE FOR LC, MC,

HC,XMCAND

XHC SERIES CABLE TRAY

ONLY)

NUMOER) 6 (150) 1 - 2440

9 (250) 2 - 3000

12 (300) FITTINGS (mm)

18 (450)

3 -300mm

24 (600)

6 -600mm

30 (750)

9 - 900mm

36 (900)

ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER

EXAMPLE : SF 6 s /1 2 Ml CABLE TRAY COVER TYPE �m ill:l[__

WIDTH :.J PART NUMBER

CABLE TRA V SERIES MATERIAL THICKNESS LENGTH (24400mm)

FITTING EXAMPLE : SF H 2 - 9H3- 6 3 MR

CABLE TRAY COVER TYPE TT T I �L MATERIAL FINISH� L WIDTH

CABLE TRA V SERIES MATERIAL THICKNESS RADIUS (600 mm)

BASIC PART NUMBER

3 - 2.0

4 - 2.5

NOTE IF THERE IS NO THIRD LETTER INDICATOR IN THE CATALOG NUMBER, IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE MATERIAL IS MILL GALVANIZED FINISH.

SERIES)

PLEASE SEE ORDERING INFORMATION ON PAGE 50 FOR SERIES AND PART NUMBER DESCRIPTIONS

- 71 -

Page 78: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE TRAY COVER ACCESSORIES

CCC-( ) CCC-( ) CABLE TRAY COVER CLIP CABLE TRAY COVER CLAMP

DCC-XW / ( ) WAC-XW / ( ) DOUBLE CLAMP COVER CONNECTOR WRAP AROUND COVER CONNECTOR

NOTES X - AFFIX SERIES TYPE, ( ) - AFFIX MATERIAL FINISH, W - AFFIX CABLE TRAY WIDTH R - REDUCTION.

EXAMPLE : DCC-MP12 IS A DOUBLE CLAMP CONNECTOR FOR 50mm SIDE HEIGHT PLAIN TYPE CABLE TRAY 12" (300mm) WIDE, MILL GALVANIZED FINISH.

- 72 -

WAC-HR24/H IS A WRAP AROUND COVER CLAMP FOR 60mm SIDE HEIGHT OUTSIDE RETURNED FLANGED CABLE TRAY 24" (600mm) WIDE, HDGAF FINISH.

PLEASE SEE ORDERING INFORMATION ON PAGE 50 FOR SERIES AND PART NUMBER DESCRIPTIONS

Page 79: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES

SCC-XI( ) STANDARD CONNECTOR

FOR 30, 50 & 60mm SIDE HEIGHT

VAC-X I ( ) VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE

CONNECTOR

BCC-WX/( ) BOX CONNECTOR

SCCL-X/ ( ) STANDARD CONECTOR

FOR 75 & 1 00mm SIDE HIGHT

9AC-XI( ) 90 DEG. ANGLE CONNECTOR

RCC-X/( )R REDUCING CONNECTOR

HAC-X I ( ) HORIZONTAL ADJUSTABLE

CONNECTOR

BEC-WXI( ) BLIND END

EBJ-C EARTH BONDING JUMPER

NOTES : X - AFFIX SERIES TYPE, ( ) - AFFIX MATERIAL FINISH, W - AFFIX CABLE TRAY WIDTH R - REDUCTION.

PLEASE SEE ORDERING INFORMATION ON PAGE 50 FOR SERIES AND PART NUMBER DESCRIPTIONS

- 73 -

Page 80: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 74 -

CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES

HDCC-X/( ) HOLD DOWN CLAMP

BARRIER STIPS

SB-X ( ) STRAIGHT BARRIER

VB-X ( ) VERTICAL FITIING BARRIER

CHDC-X/( ) COVER HOLD DOWN CLAMP

DOC-X/( ) DROP OUT

HB-X( ) HORIZONTAL FITIING BARRIER

BC-X( ) BARRIER STIP CLAMP

NOTES : X - AFFIX SERIES TYPE, ( ) - AFFIX MATERIAL FINISH, W - AFFIX CABLE TRAY WIDTH R - REDUCTION.

PLEASE SEE ORDERING INFORMATION ON PAGE 50 FOR SERIES AND PART NUMBER DESCRIPTIONS

Page 81: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTROLINK CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

CABLE TRU N KI NGS,

SINGLE AND MU LTI-COMPARTME NT

- 75 -

Page 82: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

t ' ' ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CAB LE TRUNKING O R D E RING INFO RMATI ONS

STRAI GHT SECTION

NUMBER OF

COMPARTMENT

T • SINGLE COMPARTMENT

2T • DOUBLE COMPARTMENT

3T = TRIPLE COMPARTMENT

EXAM PLE ·

WIDTH SIDE PART MATERIAL

(cm) HEIGHT

NUMBER FINISH (cm)

05 - 50 05 - 50 S • STRAIGHT 1 • MILL GALVANIZED 7.5 - 75 7.5 - 75 SECTION FINISH 10 - 100 10 - 100 15 - 150 15 - 150 TO IDENTIFY 2 • HOT DIP GALVANIZED 20 = 200 20 .. 200 COVER FIXING AFTER FABRICATION 25 - 250 25 • 250 AFTER PART (HDGAF) 30 - 300 30 = 300 NO. INSERT

K = KWIK FIX 3 = PAINTED S = S CREW FIX

ORDER BY CATALOG N U M B E R

STRAIG HT SECTION

2T - 1 0 7. 5 S K/ 1 2 1

MATERIAL THICKNESS

(mm)

D • 1 . 0 1 = 1 . 2 2 3 1 . 5 3 - 2.0

4 = 2.5

LENGTH

(mm)

1 • 2440 2 = 3000

NUMBER OF I J COMPARTMENTS

WIDTH

T T LENGTH L MATERIAL THICKNESS

SIDE HEIGHT _____ _.

PART NUMBER ---------------------�

TYPE O F COVER --------­

FITTINGS

PART WIDTH SIDE NUMBER

HEIGHT OF NUMBER (MM) (mm) COMPARTMENT

8GB • 90 DEG. HORIZONTAL BEND .05 - 50 .05 - 50 1 • SINGLE 48 • 45 DEG. HORIZONTAL BEND 7.5 • 75 7.5 - 75 TP • TEE PIECE 10 - 100 10 - 100 2 • DOUBLE CP • CROSS PIECE 15 - 150 15 - 150 SR • STRAIGHT REDUCER 20 - 200 20 - 200 3 • TRIPLE

25 - 250 25 - 250 30 - 300 30 - 300

.__ ___ MATERIAL F I N ISH

COVER MATERIAL

TYPE FINISH

T• TOP 1 =MILL GALVANIZED FINISH

I • INSIDE 2 a HOT DIP GALVANIZED

O • OUTSIDE AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF)

3 • PAINTED

EXAMPLE :

ORDER BY CATALOG N U M B E R

FITTINGS

9GB-1 0 7.5 2T /1 2

MATERIAL

THICKNESS (mm)

0 = 1.0 1 = 1.2 2 z 1.5 3 = 2.0 4 - 2.5

PART NUMBER

WIDTH

SIDE HEIGHT

NO. OF COMPARTMENTS

AND COVER TYPE

:!_] L MATERIAL THICKNESS

...._--- MATERIAL FINISH

- 76 -

Page 83: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTaoliNk Co. LTd.

Cable trunking manufactured to BS4678 Part 1 1988. Class 3 from pre-galvanised steel to BS2989

Non standard sizes: Available on request

Each 3 metre and 2.44 metre length is complete with cover and fixing screws. 2 meire lengths supplied on request.

Kwik fix cable trunking covers are secured by a recessed turnbar assembly which only requires a quarter turn to provide an efficient and durable fastening.

Screw fix cable trunking covers are secured by MS screws which are fitted to the tapped hole on the return flange of the trunking.

Non standard material: Mild steel to 881449 Zinc coated mild steel to BS6687

Non standard finishes

Epoxy powder coated polyester coated BS 729 OR ISO 1 46 1 : 1 991 (E)

Kwik fix cable trunking

Unless stated at the time of ordering, all multi­compartment trunking will be supplied with equal compartments. For trunking weights see page 80.

Width mm

50

75

75

100

100

100

150

150

150

150

225

225

225

225

225

300

300

300

300

Depth mm

50

50

75

50

50

100

50

75

100

150

50

75

100

150

225

50

75

100

150

Thicltneu mm

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1 .2

1 . 2

1 . 2

1 . 2

1 . 2

1 . 5

1 . 5

1 . 5

1 . 5

1.5

1.5

1.5

Single compartment

T • 0505 SKJ .. .

T • 7505 SKJ .. .

T • 7575 SKJ .. .

T - 1015 SK/ .. .

T • 1075 SKJ ...

T • 1010 SK/ .. .

T • 1505 SKJ . . .

T • 1575 SKJ . . .

T - 1510 SKJ . . .

T - 1515 SKf . . .

T • 2205 SK/ . . .

T • 2275 SKJ . . .

T - 2210 SKJ ...

T - 2215 SKJ ...

T - 2222 SK/ .. .

T - 3005 SKJ ...

T - 3075 SKf ...

T • 3010 SKJ . . .

T • 3015 SKJ . . .

Two Three compartment compartment

2T • 0505 SKJ ...

2T • 7505 SKJ ... 3T • 7505 SKf ...

2T • 7575 SKJ ... 3T • 7575 SK/ ...

2T - 1015 SK/ ... 3T • 1 0 1 5 SKf ...

2T - 1075 SKJ ... 3T • 1 075 SK/ ...

2T - 1010 SKJ ... 3 T - 1 0 1 0 SK/ ...

2T - 1505 SKJ ... 3T • 1505 SKf. ..

2T - 1575 SKJ ... 3T • 1575 SKf ...

2T - 1 5 1 0 SK/ ... 3 T - 1510 SK/ . . .

2T - 1515 SKJ .. 3T - 1 5 1 5 SKJ . . .

2T - 2205 SKJ . . . 3T • 2205 SKf . . .

2T - 2275 SKJ . . . 3T • 2275 SK/ .. .

2T - 2210 SKJ . . . 3T - 2210 SK/ .. .

2T • 2215 SK/ . . . 3T - 2215 SK/ ...

2T - 2222 SKJ ... 3T - 2222 SK/ ...

2T • 3005 SKJ ... 3T • 3005 SK/ ...

2T - 3075 SKJ ... 3T - 3075 SK/ ...

2T • 3010 SKJ ... 3 T - 3010 SK/ ...

2T - 3015 SK/ ... 3T - 3015 SK/ ...

ORDER BY CATALOG N U M BER, SEE PAGE 72

Screw fix cable trunking

Width Depth Thicltneu Single Two mm mm mm compartment compartment

50 50 1.0 T - 0505 SS/ ... 2T • 0505 SS/ ...

75 50 1.2 T - 7505 SS/ ... 2T • 7505 SS/ ...

75 75 1 .2 T - 7575 SS/ . . . 2 T • 7575 SS/ ...

100 50 1.2 T • 1 0 1 5 SS/ .. . 2T - 1015 SSJ . . .

100 50 1.2 T - 1075 SS/ . . . 2T • 1 075 SS/ . . .

100 100 1 . 2 T - 1010 SSJ. . . 2 T • 1010 SS/ . . .

150 50 1 . 2 T - 1 505 SSJ. . . 2 T • 1505 SS/ ...

150 75 1 . 2 T - 1575 SS/ . . . 2T - 1 575 SS/ ...

150 100 1 .2 T • 1510 SS/ .. . 2T - 1510 SSJ. ..

150 150 1 . 2 T - 1 5 1 5 SS/ . . . 2T - 1 5 1 5 SS/ ...

225 50 1 .2 T - 2205 SS/ . . . 2T • 2205 SS/ . . .

225 75 1 .2 T - 2275 SSJ . . . 2T • 2275 SS/ . . .

225 100 1 .5 T • 2210 SS/ ... 2T • 2210 SS/ ...

225 150 1 .5 T • 2215 SS/ .. . 2T • 2215 SSJ ...

22� 225 1.5 T • 2222 SS/ . . . 2T • 2222 SSJ .. .

300 50 1 .5 T . 3005 SSJ. .. 2T - 3005 SSJ. .. 300 75 1 . 5 T • 3075 SS/ . . . 2T • 3075 SSf .. .

300 100 1.5 T • 3010 SS/ .. . 2T • 3010 SSJ . . .

300 150 1 .5 T • 3015 SS/ ... 2T - 3015 SS/ ...

Three compartment

3T • 7505 SS/ ...

3T • 7575 SS/ ...

3T · 1 0 1 5 SS/ . . .

3T • 1 075 SSf. . .

3T - 1010 SS/. ..

3T - 1 505 SS/ ...

3T - 1 575 SS/ ...

3T - 1510 SSJ ...

3T • 1 5 1 5 SS/ ...

3T - 2205 SS/. ..

3T · 2275 SSJ ...

3T • 2210 SS/ . . .

3T- 2215 SS/. ..

3T • 2222 SS/ ...

3T - 3005 SSJ ... 3T • 3075 SSJ ...

3T • 3010 SSf ...

3T - 3015 SS/. ..

Unless stated at the time of ordering, all multi­compartment trunking will be supplied with equal compartments. For trunking weights see page 80

() ;::s;: !:).) �- 0" ;;<;: m O.l :J a. ....... (f) '""'l () s::::: ..... CD � :::l ::::!! " :-< - ·

:::l (0

- 77 -

Page 84: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Ol t: r.n

Cl) ... � 0

r.n t: r.n

Cl) ::l (.) (.) � "' � "C t: <1> "'

r.n - Cl/ .0 ... "' CO a.

(/) ()

Connectors

Sin ThiWtu mm mm

50 X 50 1.2 75 X 50 1.2 75 X 75 1.2

100 X 50 1.2 100 X 75 1 .2 100 X 100 1.2 150 X 50 1.2 150 X 75 1.2 150 X 100 1.2 150 X 150 1 .2 225 X 50 1.2 225 X 75 1.2 225 X 100 1.2 225 X 150 1 . 2 225 X 225 •1.2 300 X 50 1.2 300 X 75 1.2

300 X 100 1.2 300 X 150 1.2

- 78 -

Connector

SCT • 0505/X SCT • 7505/X SCT • 7575/X SCT • 1005/X SCT • 1075/X SCT - 1010/X SCT • 1505/X SCT • 1575/X SCT • 1 5 10/X SCT - 15 15/X SCT • 2205/X SCT • 2275/X SCT • 2210/X SCT • 221 5/X SCT • 2222/X SCT • 3005/X SCT • 3075/X SCT • 3010/X SCT - 3015/X

Kwik fix

Kwlk fix spare cover

Width ThicWia 3 Metre mm mm

50 1.0 SFK..()SS/X 02 75 1.0 SFK-755/X 02

100 1 .2 5FK-105/X 12 150 1.2 SFK-155/X 1 2 225 1 .2 SFK-225/X 1 2 300 1 . 5 SFK-305/X 22

Screw fix spare cover

Width Tbidnua 3 Metre mm mm

50 1.0 5FS.055/X 02 75 1.0 SFS-755/X 02

100 1.2 SFS-105/X 12 150 1.2 SFS-155/X 12 225 1.2 SFS-225/X 12 300 1 .5 SFS-305/X 22

2.44 Metre

SFK-055/X 0 1 5FK-755/X 01 5FK-1 05/X 1 1 SFK-1 55/X 1 1 5FK·225/X 1 1 5FK·105/X 2 1

2.44 Metre

5FS-055/X 01 SF5-755/X 01 SFS-1 05/X 1 1 5F5-1 55/X 1 1 5F5-225/X 1 1 5F5-305/X 2 1

3 turnbars per length up tll 100mm wide 6 turnbars per length 150mm wide and over

A kwik fix 'cut cover' is available when site cutting of cover is necessary refer to page 79

NOTE : "X" AFFIX MATERIAL FINISH (SEE PAGE 10

Connector screws Included

Features: 1 . Cap�ve nuts protect the cables from screw thread

damage 2. Rounded edges for safer handling 3. Full U connector fer strength and safety 4. Captive nuts for faster installation.

When ordering SCT, BSK & BSS affix material finish indica:or see page72at the end of the order number Example: Cat. No. BSK 05{1 is a Kwik Fix loose sepllral:Jr, 50mm depth and mrlf galvanized finish.

loose separator Accessories

Depth Thic.tnau 3 Metre

mm mm Description Qua n tity Accessory 50 1.0 BSK 05 M6 X 6mm connector screw 100 l141 MG / CN

75 1.0 BSK 75 Earth continuity !ink 1 EB ET 100 1.0 BSK 10 MS X 6mm cover screw 100 L141 MS / CV

150 1 .0 BSK 1 5 1 0 X 1 .5mm neoprene gzsi<et 10m EL GAS

PVC edging 2m EL PVC

Screw fix loose separator

Depth 1\ic1., ... 3 Metre mm mm

50 1.0 BSS 05 75 1.0 BSS 75

100 1.0 BSS 10 150 1.0 855 15

PLEASE SEE PAGES 72 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

.r---,.

Page 85: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

,--....

ELEcTRoliNk Co. L�id.

50

75

75

100

100

100

150

150

150

150

225

225

225

225

225

300

300

300

300

90° lnsldejtype cover gusset bend

Size Thickness Single Two mm mm compartment compartment

50 X 50 1 .2 9GB - 0505 ( ) 9GB - 0505 ( ) 75 X 50 1.2 9GB - 7505 ( ) 9GB - 7505 ( ) 75 X 75 1 . 2 9GB - 7575 ( ) 9GB · 7575 ( )

100 X 50 1 .2 9GB · 1005 ( ) 9GB - 1005 ( ) 100 X 75 1 .2 9GB - 1075 ( ) 9GB - 1075 ( ) 100 X 100 1.2 9GB - 1010 ( ) 9GB - 1 0 1 0 ( ) 150 X 50 1 . 2 9GB - 1505 ( ) 9GB - 1505 ( ) 150 X 75 1 .2 9GB - 1575 ( ) 9GB - 1575 ( ) 150 X 100 1.2 9GB - 1510 ( ) 9GB - 1 5 1 0 ( ) 1 50 X 150 1 . 2 9GB - 1 51 5 ( ) 9GB - 1 5 1 5 ( ) 225 X 50 1.2 9GB - 2205 ( ) 9GB - 2205 ( ) 225 X 75 1.2 9GB - 2275 ( ) 9GB - 2275 ( ) 225 X 100 1.5 9GB · 2210 ( ) 9GB · 2210 ( ) 225 X 150 1 .5 9GB · 2215 ( ) 9GB · 2215 ( ) 225 X 225 1 .5 9GB · 2222 ( ) 9GB · 2222 ( ) 300 X 50 1 .5 9GB - 3005 ( ) 9GB · 3005 ( ) 300 X 75 1.5 9GB · 3075 ( ) 9GB . 3075 ( ) 300 X 100 1.5 9GB · 3010 ( ) 9GB · 301\l ( ) 300 X 1 50 1 .5 9GB · 3015 ( ) 9GB · 3015 ( )

Size Thickness mm mm

X 50 1 .2

X 50 1 .2

X 75 1 .2

X 50 1 .2

X 75 1.2

X 100 1.2

X 50 1.2 X 75 1.2

X 100 1 .2

X 150 1 . 2

X 50 1 .2

X 75 1.2

X 100 1.5

X 150 1.5 X 225 1.5

X 50 1 .5

X 75 1.5

X 100 1.5

X 150 1 .5

Three compartment

9GB - 0505 ( ) 9GB - 7505 ( ) 9GB - 7575 ( } 9GB - 1005 ( ) 9GB - 1075 ( ) 9GB - 1010 ( ) 9GB - 1 505 ( ) 9GB - 1575 ( ) 9GB - 1510 ( ) 9GB - 1 5 1 5 ( ) 9GB - 2205 ( ) 9GB - 2275 ( ) 9GB · 2210 ( ) 9GB · 2215 ( ) 9GB · 2222 ( ) 9GB · 3005 ( ) 9GB - 3075 ( ) 9GB - 3010 ( ) 9GB . 3015 ( I

90 Top cover bend

Single compartment

9GB - 0505 T

9GB - 7505 T

9GB - 7575 T

9GB - 1005 T

9GB - 1075 T

9GB · 1010 T

9GB - 1505 T

9GB - 1575 T

9GB - 1510 T

9GB - 1515 T

9GB - 2205 T 9GB - 2275 T

9GB - 2210 T

9GB - 2215 T 9GB - 2222 T

9GB - 3005 T 9GB - 3075 T

9GB - 3010 T

9GB - 3015 T

Two Three compartment compartment

9GB - 0505 2T 9GB - 0505 3T

9GB - 7505 2T 9GB - 7505 3T

9GB - 7575 2T 9GB - 7575 3T

9GB - 1005 2T 9GB - 1005 3T

9GB - 1075 2T 9GB - 1075 3T

9GB - 1010 2T 9GB - 1010 3T

9GB · 1505 2T 9GB · 1505 3T

9GB - 1575 2T 9GB - 1575 3T

9GB · 1510 2T 9GB · 1510 3T

9GB - 1515 2T 9GB · 1515 3T

9GB - 2205 2T 9GB - 2205 3T

9GB - 2275 2T 9GB - 2275 3T

9GB - 2210 2T 9GB - 2210 3T

9GB - 2215 2T 9GB - 2215 3T

9GB - 2222 2T 9GB - 2222 3T

9GB - 3005 2T 9GB - 3005 3T

9GB - 3075 2T 9GB - 3075 3T

9GB · 3010 2T 9GB - 3010 3T

9GB · 3015 2T 9GB - 3015 3T

When ordering 2 or 3 compartment, specify inside or outside cover.

i

Example: Cat. No. 9GB 15 75 31 / 1 1 is a 90 deg. inside cover bend, 150mm wide, 75mm side height,

lO "' " '-

0· .., q 0 u () 0 < ·�

::; "' 0: ..., 0 c: v> 0: "' "' Q. 0 :J

I<} c "' U> � 0 s U> Q. .. () 0 < �

Note : ( ) Affix cover type 1- inside or 0 - outside. mill galvanized finish and 1 .2mm thick.

90° Non gusset outside cover bend

Connector screws fncluded with accessories Refer to page 74

Size mm

50 X 50

75 X so

75 X 75

100 X 50

100 X 75

100 X 100

150 X 50

150 X 75

150 X 100

150 X 150

225 X 50

225 X 75

225 X 1 00

225 X 1 50

225 X 225 300 X 50

300 X 75

300 X 100

300 X 150

Thickness mm

1.2

1 . 2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1 .2

1 .2

1.2

1 .2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1 .5

1 .5

1.5 1.5 1.5

1.5

1.5

Single Two Three compartment compartment compartment

9B - 0505 0 98 . 0505 20 9B - 0505 30

9B . 7505 0 9B . 7505 20 9B - 7505 30

9B - 7575 0 9B - 7575 20 9B - 7575 30

9B . 1005 0 9B . 1005 20 99 - 1005 30 9B - 1075 0 9B . 1075 20 99 . 1075 30

9B . 1010 0 9B . 1010 20 9 9 - 1010 30

99 - 1505 0 9B . 1505 20 99 . 1 505 30

9B . 1575 0 9B - 1575 20 9B . 1 575 30 99 . 1510 0 9B - 1510 20 99 . 1 5 1 0 30 9B . 1 5 15 0 9B . 1 5 1 5 20 9B - 1 51 5 30 9B - 2205 0 9B . 2205 20 9 B - 2205 30

9B - 2275 0 9B - 2275 20 9B . 2275 30 9B . 2210 0 98 - 2210 20 9B • 2210 30 9B - 2215 0 9B - 22 1 5 20 9B . 221 5 30 --96 . 2222 0 96 - 2222 20 96 - 2222 30 9B . 3005 0 98 . 3005 20 9B - 3005 30 9B . 3075 0 98 . 3075 20 98 . 3075 30

9B - 3010 0 98 - 3010 20 9B - 3010 30 --9B - 3015 0 98 . 3015 20 9B - 301S 30

() � rr -ro � ...... c ::::J � - ·

:::l c.o

PLEASE SEE PAGES 72 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER. - 79 -

Page 86: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

(1) -..0 � m � () �

"0 "' c C1l � ..: C1l > 0 u a. 2 C1l �

- 80 -

Cable capacity reduced by 50% in multi-compartment tee top covers. Double depth accessories available on request.

Tee Inside/outside cover

Size Thlekntn Single mm mm compartment

50 X 50 1.2 T P - 0505 ( ) 75 X 50 1.2 TP - 7505 ( ) 75 X 75 1.2 T P - 7575 ( )

100 X 50 1 . 2 TP - 1005 ( ) 100 X 75 1.2 TP - 1075 ( ) 100 X 100 1.2 TP - 1010 ( ) 150 X 50 1.2 TP - 1505 ( ) 150 X 75 1.2 TP - 1575 ( ) 150 X 100 1 . 2 TP - 1510 ( ) 150 X 150 1 . 2 �TP - 1515 ( ) 225 X 50 1.2 TP - 2205 ( ) 225 X 75 1.2 TP - 2275 ( ) 225 X 100 1.5 TP - 2210 ( ) 225 X 150 1.5 T P - 22 1 5 ( ) 225 X 225 1.5 TP - 2222 ( ) 300 X 50 1.5 TP - 3005 ( ) 300 X 75 1.5 TP - 3075 ( ) 300 X 100 1.5 TP - 3010 ( ) 300 X 150 1.5 TP - 3015 ( )

1 ee wp cover

Size Thicknau mm mm

50 X 50 1.2

75 X so 1.2

75 X 75 1.2

100 X 50 1.2

100 X 75 1 . 2

100 X 100 1.2

150 X so 1.2

150 X 75 1 . 2

150 X 1 00 1.2

150 X 150 1.2

225 X 50 1.2

225 X 75 1.2

225 X 100 1.5

225 X 150 1.5

225 X 225 1.5

300 X 50 1.5

300 X 75 1.5

300 X 100 1.5

300 X 150 1.5

Two Three compartment compartment

TP - 05052 ( ) TP - 05053 ( ) TP - 75052 ( ) TP - 75053 ( ) TP - 75752 ( ) TP - 75753 ( ) TP - 10052 ( ) TP - 10053 ( ) TP - 10752 ( ) TP - 10753 ( ) TP - 10102 ( ) TP - 10103 ( ) TP - 15052 ( ) TP - 1 5053 ( ) TP - 15752 ( ) TP - 15753 ( ) TP - 1 5 1 02 ( ) TP - 15103 ( ) TP - 15152 ( ) TP - 15153 ( ) TP - 22052 ( ) TP - 22053 ( ) TP - 22752 ( ) TP - 22753 ( ) TP - 22102 ( ) TP - 22103 ( ) TP - 22152 ( ) TP - 22153 ( T TP - 22222 ( ) TP - 22223 ( ) TP · 30052 ( ) TP - 30053 ( ) TP - 30752 ( ) TP · 30753 ( ) TP - 30102 ( ) TP · 30103 ( ) TP - 30152 ( ) TP - 30153 ( )

Note: ( ) - Affix cover type 1 - inside or 0 � outside.

Connector screws included with accessories Refer to page 7 4

45. Top cover bend S ize Thickneu mm mm

50 X 50 1.2

75 X 50 1 .2

75 X 75 1.2

100 X 50 1.2

100 X 75 1 .2

100 X 100 1 . 2

ISO X 50 1.2

150 X 75 1.2

150 X 100 1 .2

150 X 150 1.2

225 X 50 1.2

225 X 75 1 .2

225 X 100 1.5 225 X 150 1 .5 225 X 225 1.5

300 X 50 1 . 5

300 X 75 1.5

300 X 100 1.5

300 X 150 1 . 5

Single compartment

TP - 0505 T

TP - 7505 T

TP • 7575 T

TP - 1005 T

TP - 1075 T

TP - 1010 T

TP - 1505 T

TP - 1575 T

TP - 1510 T

TP - 1515 T

TP - 2205 T

TP - 2275 T

TP - 2210 T

TP - 2215 T

TP - 22:.12 T

TP - 3005 T

TP - 3075 T

TP - 3010 T

TP - 3015 T

Sing: a compartment

4 B · 0505 T 4 B · 7505 T

4 B - 7575 T

4 B - 1005 T

4 8 - 1075 T

4 B • 1010 T

4 B - 1 505 T

4 8 - 1575 T

4 B - 1510 T

4 B - 1515 T

4 8 - 2205 T

4 B • 2275 T

4 B - 2210 T

4 B - 2.215 T

4 B • 2222 T 4 B • 3005 T

4 B - 3075 T

4 B - 3010 T

4 B - .1015 T

Two Three

compartment compartment

TP - 0505 2T TP · 0505 3 T

TP - 7505 2T TP - 7505 3T

TP - 7575 2T TP - 7575 3T

TP - 1005 2T TP - 1005 3T

TP - 1075 2T TP - 1075 3T

TP - 1 0 1 0 2 T TP . 1 0 1 0 3T

TP - 1505 2T TP · 1505 3T

TP - 1S75 2 T TP - 1575 3T

TP - 1510 2T TP - 1510 3 f

TP - 1 5 1 5 2T TP - 1515 3T

TP - 2205 2T TP - 2205 3T

TP - 2275 2 T TP - 2275 3T

TP - 2210 2T TP - 2210 3T

TP - 2215 2T TP - 2215 3T

TP - 2222 2T TP - 2222 3T

TP - 3005 2T TP - 3005 3T

TP - 3075 2T TP -.3075 3T

TP - 3010 2 T TP - 3010 3 T

TP - 3 0 1 5 2T TP - 3015 3T �

Vvhen ordering 2 or 3 compartment. specify inside or outside cov�

Two Three

compartment compartment

4 B - 0505 2T 4 B - 0505 3T

4 B - 7505 2T 4 a - 7505 3 r 4 B - 7575 2T 4 B - 7575 3T

4 B - 1005 2T 4 B - 10053T

4 8 - 1075 2 T 4 B - 1075 3 T

4 8 - 1 0 1 0 2 T 4 B - 1010 3 T

4 B - 1505 2 T 4 B - 1505 3T

4 B - 1575 2T 4 B - 1575 3T

4 B - 1510 2T 4 B • 1510 3T

4 8 - 1515 2T 4 a - 1515 :n 4 8 • 2205 2T 4 B - 2205 3T

4 B - 2275 2T 4 B • 2275 3T

4 B - 2210 2T 4 8 - 2210 3T

4 B · 2215 2T 4 e - 221s :rr 4 B • 2222 2T 4 B • 2222 3T

4 B - 3005 2T 4 B - 3005 3T 4 B • 3075 2T 4 B - 3075 JT

4 B - 301 0 2T 4 s - 3o1o :n 4 B - 3015 2T 4 B . 3015 3T-

Page 87: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Wlen ordenng 2 or 3 compartment. specify onsode or outsode cover.

Four way unit

Size Thickneu mm mm

so X 50 1.2

75 X so 1.2 75 X 75 1 .2

100 X 50 1.2

100 X 75 1.2 100 X 100 1.2

150 X 50 1.2

150 X 75 1.2

150 X 100 1.2

1 50 X 150 1.2

225 X 50 1.2

225 X 75 1.2

225 X 100 1.5 225 X 150 1.5

225 X 225 1.5

300 X 50 1.5

300 X 75 1.5

300 X 100 1.5 300 X 150 1.5

Connector screws included with accessories Refer to page74

'+� UJ:;IU�fOUlSIOt! COV�f D�[JU

Single Two compartment compartment

CP · 0505 T CP • 0505 2T

CP • 7505 T CP · 7505 2T CP • 7575 T CP • 7575 2T

CP • 1005 T CP • 1 005 2T

CP · 1075 T CP • 1075 2T CP • 1010 T CP • 1010 2T

CP • 1505 T CP • 1 505 2T

CP • 1575 T CP • 1575 2T

CP • 1510 T CP • 1510 2T

CP • 1515 T CP • 1 5 1 5 2T

CP • 2205 T CP • 2205 2T

CP • 2275 T CP • 2275 2T

CP • 2210 T CP • 2210 2T

CP • 2215 T CP • 2215 2T

CP • 2222 T CP • 2222 2T

CP • 3005 T CP • 3005 2T

CP • 3075 T CP • 3075 2T

CP • 3010 T CP • 3010 2T CP • 3015 T CP • 30o5 2T

Example: 150 x 150 reducing to 75 x 75 trunking SR 1515 . 7575 T

Size Thickness mm mm

50 X 50 1.2

75 X 50 1.2 75 X 75 1.2

100 X 50 1 .2

100 X 75 1.2

100 X 100 1.2

1 50 X 50 1 .2

150 X 75 1.2

150 X 100 1.2 150 X 150 1.2

225 X 50 1.2

225 X 75 1.2

225 X 100 1.5

225 X 150 1.5

225 X 225 1.5

300 X 50 1.5

300 X 75 1.5

300 X 100 1.5

300 X 150 1.5

Three compartment

CP • 0505 3T

CP · 7505 3T CP · 7575 3T

CP • 1005 3T

CP • 10i5 3T

CP • 1010 3T

CP • 1505 3T

CP • 1575 3T

CP • 1510 3T

CP • 1515 3T

CP • 2205 3T

CP • 2275 3T

CP • 2210 3T

CP • 2215 3T

CP • 2222 3T

CP • 3005 3T

CP • 3075 3T

CP • 3010 3T CP · 3015 3T

Reducer

Single Two Three compartment compartment compartment

4 B • 0505 ( ) 4 B • 0505 2 ( ) 4 B · 0505 3 ( ) 4 B • 7505 u 4 B · 7505 2 ( ) 4 B · 7505 3 ( ) 4 B · 7575 ( ) 4 B · 7575 2 ( ) 4 B • 7575 3 ( ) 4 B · 1005 ( ) 4 B · 1005 2 ( ) 4 B · 1005 3 ( ) 4 B • 1075 ( ) 4 B · 1075 2 ( ) 4 B • 1075 3 ( ) 4 B . 1010 ( ) 4 B . 1010 2 ( ) 4 B • 1 01 0 :l ( ) 4 B • 1505 ( ) 4 8 · 1505 2 ( ) 4 8 • 1505 3 ( ) 4 8 - 1575 ( ) 4 B • 1575 2 ( ) 4 8 . 1575 3 ( ) 4 8 · 1510 ( ) 4 8 . 1510 2 ( ) 4 8 . 1 5 1 0 3 ( ) 4 B • 1515 ( ) 4 B • 1515 2 ( ) 4 8 - 1 5 1 5 3 ( ) 4 B • 2205 ( ) 4 B · 2205 2 ( ) 4 8 · 2205 3 ( ) 4 B • 2275 ( ) 4 B • 2275 2 ( ) 4 6 · 2275 3 ( ) 4 B • 2210 ( ) 4 B • 2210 2 ( ) 4 B • 2210 3 ( ) 4 B • 2215 ( ) 4 B · 2215 2 ( ) 4 8 • 2215 3 ( ) 4 B • 2222 ( ) 4 B • 2222 2 ( ) 4 B · 2222 3 ( ) 4 B • 3005 ( ) 4 B • 3005 2 ( ) 4 B · 3005 3 ( ) 4 B • 3075 ( ) 4 B · 3075 2 ( ) 4 B · 3075 3 ( ) 4 B • 3010 ( ) 4 B · 3010 2 ( ) 4 B · 3010 3 ( ) 4 B • 3015 ( ) 4 B · 3015 2 ( ) 4 8 - 30 1 5 3 ( )

Note: ( ) • Afi·.x cover type 1 - inside or 0 - outside.

Cable capacity reduced by 50% in multi-compartment four way units.

L•rgeat aize Reducing to Thlcltnao Single Two Three mm mm mm compartn.ent comp•rtment computmtnt

75 X 50 50 X 50 1.2 SR • 7505 • 0505 T SR-7505 • 0505 2T SR-7505 • 0505 3T

75 X 50 75 X 50 1.2 SR • 7575 • 7505 T SR-7575 • 7505 2T SR-7575 • 7505 3T 100 X 50 75 X 75 1.2 SR • 1005 • 7575 T SR-1005 • 7575 2T SR-1005 • 7575 3T 1 00 X 75 100 X 50 1.2 SR • 1075 • 1005 T SR-1075 • 1 005 2T SR-1075 • 1005 3T 100 . 100 100 . 75 1.2 SR • 1010 • 1075 T SR- 1 0 1 0 - 1075 2T SR·1 010 • 1075 3T 150 • 50 100 X 100 1.2 SR • 1505 • 1010 T SR-1505 • 10 10 2T SR-1505 • 1 010 3T 150 X 75 150 X 50 1.2 SR • 157� • 1505 T SR- 1575 • 1505 2T SR-1575 • 1505 3T 150 • 100 150 X 75 1.2 SR • 1510 • 1575 T SR-1510 • 1575 2T SR-1510 • 1575 3T 150 • 150 150 X 100 1.2 SR • 1515 • 1�10 T SR-1515 • 1510 2T SR-1515 • 1510 3T

225 X 50 150 X 150 1.2 SR • 2205 • 1515 T SR-2205 • 1515 2T SR-2205 • 1515 3T

225 X 75 225 X 50 1.2 SR • 2275 • 2205 T SR-2275 • 2205 2T SR·2275 • 2205 3T

225 X 100 225 • 75 1.6 SR • 2210 • 2<75 T SR-2210 • 2275 2T SR-2210 · 2275 3T 225 X 150 225 . 100 1.6 SR • 2215 · 2l10 T SR-2215 • 221 0 2T SR-22 15 • 2210 3T 225 X 225 225 . 150 1.6 SR • 2222 • 2215 T SR-2222 • 22 I 5 2T SR-2222 • 2215 3T

300 • 50 225 • 225 1.6 SR • 3005 • 2222 T SR-3005 · 2222 2T SR-3005 • 2222 3T

300 X 75 300 l 50 1.6 SR • 3075 • 3005 T SR-3075 • 3005 2T SR-3075 • 3005 3T

300 l 100 300 X 75 1.6 SR • 3010 • 30 !5 T SR-30 10 • 3075 2T SR · 30 I o • 3075 3T 300 • 150 300 X 100 1.6 SR • 301 5 • 3010 T SR·3015 • 3010 2T SR-3015 • 30 10 3T

ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER. SEE PAGE72

CJ

� ;;; a. c Cl (')

PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SIZES, DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG.

- 81 -

Page 88: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

.X u � c ·a. of � 0 Q) Cl c "'

;;: a. £ <I)

"0 c w

When ordering BET, BCT SH & FA series affix material finish indicator at the end of the catalog number (see page72). Example : End Stop 100 x 50 HDGAF finish Cat. No. : BET 1 005/2

Fittings adaptor

Size Thicknen Cat No.

mm mm

50 X 50 1.2 FA · 0505/X 75 X 50 1.2 F A · 7505/X 75 X 75 1.2 FA · 7575{X

100 X 50 1.2 FA · 1005{X 100 X 75 1.2 FA · 1075/X 100 X 10C • .2 FA · 1010/X

-· 150 X 50 1.2 FA · 1505/X 150 X 75 1 .2 FA - 1575/X 150 X 100 1.2 FA · 1510/X 150 X 150 1.2 FA - 1515/X 225 X 50 1.2 FA · 2205/X 225 X 75 1.2 FA ' 2275{X

225 X 100 1.6 FA · 2210/X

225 X 150 1.6 FA · 2215/X 225 X 225 1.6 FA · 2222/X 300 X 50 1.6 FA · 3005/X 300 X 75 1.6 FA · 3075{X 300 X 100 1.6 FA · 301 0/X

300 X 150 1.6 FA · 3015{X

Size Thickness mm mm

50 X 50 1.2

75 X 50 1.2 75 X 75 1.2

100 X 50 1.2

100 X 75 1.2 100 X 100 1.2

1 50 X 50 1.2 150 X 75 1.2 150 X 100 1.2 150 X 150 1.2 225 X 50 1.2 225 X 75 1.2 225 X 100 1.5 225 X 150 1.5 225 X 225 1.5

300 X 50 1.5

300 X 75 1.5 300 X 100 1.5 300 X 150 1.5

Pin racks are PVC coated to protect cables

End Stop Flange outlet

Cat No. Cat No.

BET • 0505f_X BCT - 0505/X BET - 7505/X BCT • 7505/X BET · 7575/X BCT - 7575/X BET - 1005/X BCT • 1 005/X

BET · 1075/X BCT • 1 075/X BET · 1010/X BCT • 1010/X

BET · 150§1?< BCT • 1 505f_X BET · 1575/X BET · 1575/X

BET · 1510/X BCT • 1 510/X BET · 1515/X BCT • 1515/X BET · 2205/X BCT • 2205/X

BET · 2275/X BCT • 2275/X BET · 2210/X BCT • 2210/X BET · 2215/X BCT • 2215/X

BET - 2222/X BCT • 2222/X

BET · 3005/X BET · 3005/X BET · 3075/X BCT • 3075/X BET · 30 10/X BCT • 3010/X BET · 3015/X BCT • 3015/X

Stirrup hanger Pin rack Size Thickness Cat No. mm mm

50 X 50 2.0 SH • 0505/X 75 X 50 2.0 SH • 750�X 75 X 75 2.0 SH • 7575/X

100 X 50 2.0 SH • 1005/X 100 X 75 2.0 SH • 1075/X 100 X 100 2.0 SH • 1010/X 150 X 50 2.0 SH • 1505/X 150 X 75 2.0 SH • 1575/X 150 X 100 2.0 SH • 1510/X 150 X 150 2.0 SH • 1515/X 225 X 50 2.0 SH • 2205/X 225 X 75 2.0 SH • 2275/X 225 X 100 2.0 SH • 2210/X 225 X 150 2.0 SH • 2215/X 225 X 225 2.0 SH • 2222/X 300 X 50 2.0 SH • 3005/X 300 X 75 2.0 SH • 3075/X 300 X 100 2.0 SH • 3010/X 300 X 150 2.0 SH • 3015/X

Fittings adaptor is used to join two fittings directly together

Cat No.

PR · 0505/X PR · 7505JX PR · 7575/X PR · 1005/X PR · 1075/X PR · 1 010/X PR · 1505/X PR - 1575/X PR · 1 510/X PR · 1 515/X PR · 2205/X PR · 2275/X

-

PR · 2210/X PR · 2215/X PR · 2222/X PR · 3005/X PR · 3075/X PR · 3010/X PR · 3015/X

Connector screws included with accessories Refer to page 7 4

- 82 - PLEASE SEE PAGES 72 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

Page 89: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Bell mouth

Size Thickness mm mm

50 X 50 1.2

75 X 50 1.2 75 X 75 1.2

100 X 50 1.2

100 X 75 1.2

100 X 100 1 .2

150 X 50 1.2

150 X 75 1.2

150 X 100 1.2

150 X 150 1.2

225 X 50 1.2

225 X 75 1.2

225 X 100 1.6

225 X 150 1.6

225 X 225 1.6

300 X 50 1.6

300 X 75 1.6

300 X 100 1.6

300 X 150 1.6

Connector screws included with accessories

Refer to page 6.

Kwik fix cut cover

Width Thickness Cut cover

mm mm

50 1 .2 CCK 05 75 1.2 CCK 75

100 1.2 CCK 10

150 1.2 CCK 15

225 1.6 CCK 22

300 1.6 CCK 30

Cable retainer

Width Quantity Retainer mm

50 100 CR 05

75 100 CR 75

100 100 CR 10

150 100 CR 1 5

225 100 CR 22

300 100 CR 30

Bell mouth

BM · 0505

BM · 7505 BM - 7575

BM - 1 005

BM - 1075

BM · 1 010

BM - 1 505

BM · 1575

BM - 1 510

BM - 1 51 5

BM - 2205

BM · 2275

BM · 2210

BM · 2215

BM - 2222

BM · 3005

BM - 3075

BM · 3010

BM · 3015

Socket plate ;;>;;

Width Thicbau Single Twin

mm mm ('") � x Q)

100 1.2 SP 10 150 1 .2 SP 1 5

225 1 .2 SP 22

Change face unit

Size Thickness mm mm

50 X 50 1.2 75 X 50 1 .2 75 X 75 1 .2

100 X 50 1.2 100 X 75 1.2 100 X 100 1.2 150 X 50 1.2 150 X 75 1 .2 150 X 100 1 .2 150 X 150 1 .2 225 X 50 1.2 225 X 75 1.2 225 X 100 1.6 225 X 150 1.6 225 X 225 1.!i 300 X 50 1.6 300 X 75 1.6 300 X 100 1.6

SPT 10 SPT 15

SPT 22

� () 0" s. () CD 0 < Cl) -� r+ n """"" Ill 9: c CO m ::J o; 3' " Cl) -� - · "' ::J 0

Pierced to accept standard socket outlet.

�(C

Base width is double trunking width.

When ordering CCK, SP, SPT, BM CFL & CFR series affix material finish indicator (see page 72 at the end or the catalog number.

u iiJ <n rr Cl)

3 0 c :;: ., :::> a. ()

Example : Change face unit left type 100 X 1 00 CM cat. No. CFL 1 0 1 0/2.

Left hand Right hand

CFL • 0505 CER • 0505 CFL • 7505 CER • 7505 CFL • 7575 CER • 7575 CFL - 1005 CER • 1005 CFL • 1075 CER - 1075

CFL - 1010 CER • 1010 CFL • 1505 CER • 1505 CFL • 1575 CER • 1575

CFL - 1510 CER • 1510

CFL - 1515 CER • 1515 CFL • 2205 CER • 2205 CFL • 2275 CER • 2275 CFL • 2210 CER • 2210 CFL • 2215 CER • 2215 CFL • 2222 CER • 2222 CFL • 3005 CER • 3005 CFL • 3075 CER • 3075 CFL • 3010 CER • 3010

300 X 150 1.6 CFL • 3015 CER • 3015 - 83 -

PLEASE SEE PAGES 72 TO ORDER BY CATALOG NUMBER.

Page 90: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Standard cable trunking

The weights in kilograms are normal and subject to material thickness tolerance.

50 X 50 1 .9 -75 X 50 2.8 75 X 75 3.2

100 X 50 3.2 100 X 75 3.7 100 X 100 4.2 150 X 50 4.2 150. X 75 4.7 1 50 X 100 5.1 150 X 150 7.6 225 X 50 5.6 225 X 75 6.1 225 X 100 7.9 22�r-x 150 9.2 225 X 225 11 .0 300 X 50 7.0 300 X 75 9.0

0.6 0.8 0.8 1 .2 1 .2 1.2 1.7 1 .7 1 .7 1 .7 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

m ::1 a. !!!. 0 '0

, �· C' Ill

�- 8 < !!!

c: �

DJ � 3 0 c: 5'

0.4 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.6 0.1 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.8 0.2 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 1.0 0.2 0.8 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.1 .1.0 0.2 0.3 1 .2 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.1 1 . 1 0.2 0 .3 1 .3 0.7 0.7 0.7 0 .8 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.8 0 .1 0.3 0 .1 0.2 1 .3 0 .2 0 .3 1.4 0.4 0.9 0.9 1.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.8 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.2 1.3 0.2 0.4 1 .6 0.5 0.9 1 .0 1.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.2 1 .4 0.2 0.4 1 .7 0.7 1 . 1 1 . 1 1 .1 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.0 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.2 1 .5 0.2 0.4 1 .8 1.0 1.3 1 .3 1 .3 0.2 0.2 0.3 1 .1 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.2 2.3 0 .2 0 .4 1 .9 0.4 1 .6 1.6 1.6 0.2 0.2 0.1 1.3 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.2 1 .7 0.3 0.6 2.1 0.5 1 .7 1.7 1 .7 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.4 0.2 0.5 0.2 0.2 1 .8 0.3 0.6 2.2 o.7 2.0 1 .9 1 .8 o.2 0.2 o.3 1 .5 0.2 o.5 o.3 0.2 2.4

.---.:o

... 3;---;;o_,.6,-

--::o2.:..:;-3_ 1.0 2.4 2.2 1.9 0.3 0.3 0.5 1.6 0.3 0.8 0.4 0.3 2.8 0.3 0.6 2.4 1 5 3.0 2.7 2.4 0.4 0.4 0 7 1.9 0.3 0.8 0.6 0.3 3.3 0.3 0.6 2.9 0.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.6 0.2 0.8 0.2 0.3 2.1 0.8 2 6 0.5 2.7 2.6 2.6 0.2 0.2 0.2 1 .7 0.2 0.8 0.3 0.3 2.7 0.8 2.7 o.77_73.'-=0___,2�.9=--_2"".""-6 _70.72_0�.==-2 ___;0�.4-=-_,_,1 .78_o"-'.==-2 ---"o"'.8o--_o""_==-3 __,o<.:.:.3,___,2,_,_.9"'-----'o<.!:.8"'--_.2.._.8..__ 1 .0 3.5 3.2 2.8 0.3 0.3 0.8 1.9 0.3 0.8 0.5 0.3 3.2 0.8 2.9

To calculate the weight of muHi-compartment trunking add the weight of the relevant number of separators to that of the lrunking.

- 84 -

For accessories, multiply the weight of the fitting by the appropriate factor.

Multi-compartment factors

Fitting

Bend Tee Four way unit Reducer Change face unit Bell mouth

Two compartment Three compartment Factor Factor 1 .25 1.50 1 .50 1.25 1 .25 1.25

1 .50 2.00 2.00 1.50 1.50 1.50

Page 91: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

LI N KSTRUT M ETAL F RAM I N G SYSTE M

L I N KSTRUT M ETAL FRAM I N G SYST E M , KNOWN FOR ITS VE RSATILITY,

MAKES I NSTALLATION EASY AND S I M P LE WITH M I N I M U M HAND

TOOLS N E E D E D FOR FIXI N G . IT AVO I DS WELDIN G OR ON-SITE

FAB RICATION JOBS.

(41.30) 718"

LINK STRUT CHANNELS AND C HANNEL COMBINATIONS

CSP41

CSP21

CSS21

CSS41

CS41 01

CS2101

CHAN NEL SPECIFICATIONS 1 518"� I (22.20)

1 518" (41.30)

1 �

CSP41 CSP21 CS2101

Please see pages 85 to 87 for Beam and Column Loading Data of Linkstrut Channels.

- 85 -

Page 92: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcrRoliNk Co. LTd.

Beam Span Channel Uniform Load and Deflection Uniform Load @ Deflection Style 1 / 240 Span 1 / 360 Span

In. mm Lbs. N In. mm Lbs. N Lbs. N

12 305 CSP41 3404 15142 .014 .35 3404 15142 3404 15142 CS4101 2610* 11610 .002 .05 2610* 1 1 6 1 0 2610* 1 1 610

1 8 457 CSP41 2269 1 0093 .031 .79 2269 10093 2269 1 0093 CS4101 2610* 1 1 6 1 0 .007 . 1 8 2610* 1 1 6 1 0 2610* 11610

24 609 CSP41 1702 7571 .056 1.42 1 702 7571 1 702 7571 CS4101 2610* 11610 .017 .43 2610* 1 1 6 1 0 2610* 1 1 6 1 0

30 762 CSP41 1 361 6054 .087 2.21 1361 6054 1 294 5756 CS4101 2610* 11610 .033 .84 2610* 11610 2610* 11610

36 914 CSP41 1 1 35 5049 . 1 26 3.20 1 1 35 5049 899 3999 CS4101 2610* 11610 .057 1 .45 2610* 1 1 6 1 0 2610* 11610

42 1067 CSP41 972 4323 . 1 72 4.37 972 4323 660 2936 CS4101 2610* 11610 .091 2.31 2610* 1 1 6 1 0 2610* 1 1610

48 1219 CSP41 851 3785 .224 5.69 758 3372 505 2246 CS4101 2405 1 0698 . 1 25 3 .17 2405 1 0698 2405 1 0698

54 1371 CSP41 756 3363 .284 7.21 599 2664 399 1 775 CS4101 2 1 38 9510 . 1 58 4.01 2138 9510 2024 9003

60 1524 CSP41 681 3029 .351 8.91 485 2157 323 1437 CS4101 1 924 8558 . 1 95 4.95 1 924 8558 1640 7295

66 1676 CSP41 619 2753 .424 1 0.77 401 1784 267 1 1 87 CS4101 1 749 7780 .236 5.99 1749 7780 1 355 6027

72 1829 CSP41 567 2522 .505 12.83 337 1499 225 1001 CS4101 1603 7130 .281 7 . 14 1 603 7130 1 1 39 5066

78 1981 CSP41 524 2331 .593 15.06 287 1 276 191 849 CS4101 1480 6583 .330 8.38 1455 6472 970 4315

84 2133 CSP41 486 2162 .687 17.45 248 1 1 03 165 734 CS4101 1 374 6112 .383 9.73 1255 5582 837 3723

90 2286 CSP41 454 2019 .789 20.04 216 961 144 640 CS4101 1283 5707 .440 1 1 . 1 7 1 093 4862 729 3243

96 2438 CSP41 425 1890 .898 22.81 190 845 126 560 CS4101 1 202 5347 .500 1 2.70 961 4275 640 2847

102 2591 CSP41 400 1779 1.013 25.73 168 747 1 1 2 498 CS4101 1 1 32 5035 .565 14.35 851 3785 567 2522

108 2743 CSP41 378 1681 1 . 1 36 28.85 150 667 100 445 CS4101 1069 4755 .633 16.08 759 3376 506 2251

1 1 4 2895 CSP41 358 1 592 1 .266 32. 1 5 134 596 90 400 CS4101 1 01 3 4506 .706 17.93 681 3029 454 2019

120 3048 CSP41 340 1 5 1 2 1 .403 35.63 121 538 81 360 CS4101 962 4279 .782 19.86 615 2735 410 1824

Based on simple beam condition using an allowable design stress of 25000 psi (1 72 MPa) with adequate lateral bracing. To determine concentrated load capacity at mid span, multiply uniform load by 0.5 and corresponding deflection by 0.8.

Limited by spot weld shear.

- 86 -

CD m l> 3: r-0 l> c -z G') c � )>

Page 93: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

0 0 r­e

Unbraced Channel Max. Column Loading K = .80

s:: z r-0 )> c -z G) c � )>

Height

In. mm

12 305

18 457

24 609

30 762

36 914

42 1067

48 1219

54 1371

60 1524

66 1676

72 1829

78 1981

84 2133

90 2286

96 2438

102 2591

108 2743

114 2895

120 3048

Style

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP 41 CS4101

CSP 41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

CSP41 CS4101

Loaded @ C.G

Lbs. N

10454 46502 21625 96193

9950 44260 21433 95339

9311 41417 21164 94142

8582 38174 20819 92607

7801 34700 20397 90730

6998 31128 19898 88511

6193 27548 19322 85948

5392 23985 18669 63044

4718 20987 17940 79601

4202 1 8691 17134 76216

3791 16863 16251 72288

3456 15373 15291 68016

3176 14127 14255 63409

2936 13060 13141 58454

2728 16583 11951 53160

2545 1 1 321 10678 47498

2381 10591 9524 42365

2234 9937 8548 38023

2101 9346 7715 34318

Loaded @ Slot Face

Lbs. N

4276 19020 7002 31146

4153 18473 6959 30955

3993 17762 6898 30684

3802 16912 6821 30341

3589 15964 6728 29927

3360 14946 6620 29447

3118 13869 6496 28895

2664 12740 6263 27859

2631 11703 5340 23753

2434 10827 4587 20404

2264 10071 3968 17650

2116 9412 3456 15373

1984 8825 3028 13469

1867 8305 2667 11863

1761 7833 2359 10493

1664 7402 2093 9310

1575 7006 1867 8305

1494 6645 1675 7451

1418 6307 1512 6726

Max. Column Loading (Loaded @ C. G.)

K = .65 K -= 1.0 K • 1.2

Lbs. N Lbs. N Lbs. N

10598 47142 10222 45470 9950 44260 21677 96424 21539 95810 21433 95339

10253 45607 9481 42173 8955 39834 21551 95863 21239 94476 21001 93417

9801 43597 8582 38174 7801 34700 21373 95072 20819 92607 20397 90730

9268 41226 7601 33811 6595 29336 21145 94057 20279 90205 19619 87269

8676 38593 6595 29336 5392 23985 20866 92816 19619 87269 18669 83044

8048 35799 5595 24888 444 19768 20537 91353 18840 83804 17546 78048

7401 32921 4718 20987 3791 16863 20157 89663 17940 79801 16251 72286

6746 30008 4090 16193 3310 14723 19726 87745 16920 75264 14782 65753

6093 27103 3616 16065 2936 13060 19244 85601 15781 70197 13141 58454

5441 24203 3242 14421 2634 11716 18712 83235 14521 64592 11328 50389

4869 21658 2936 13060 2381 10591 18129 80642 13141 58454 9524 42365

4412 19625 2680 11921 2166 9635 17496 77626 11642 51786 8115 36097

4037 17957 2461 10947 1980 6607 16812 74783 10076 44820 6996 31128

3724 16565 2270 10097 1816 8078 16077 71514 8778 39046 6096 27116

3456 15373 2101 9346 1671 7433 15291 68016 7715 34316 5357 23829

3225 14345 1951 8678 1542 .. 68599 14455 64299 6834 30399 4746 21111

3022 13442 1616 8078 1426 .. 6343 13568 60353 6096 27116 4233 18829

2842 12642 1694 7535 1322 .. 5880 12630 56181 5471 24336 3799 16899

2680 11921 1583 .. 7041 1228 .. 5462 11642 51786 4937 21961 3429 15253

- 87 -

Page 94: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

BEAM LOADING

Beam Span Channel Uniform Load and Deflection Uniform Load @ Deflection = Style

1 / 240 Span

In mm Lbs. N In. mm Lbs. N 12 305 CSP21 1079 4799 .026 .66 1079 4799

CS2101 1270* 5649 .006 . 15 1270* 5649

24 609 CSP21 539 2397 .106 2.69 506 2251 CS2101 1270* 5649 .052 1.32 1270* 5649

36 914 CSP21 360 1601 .240 6.09 225 1001 CS2101 1013* 4506 .141 3.58 1013 4506

CSP21 270 1201 .427 10.84 126 560 48 1219 CS2101 759 3376 .250 6.35 607 2700

CSP21 216 961 .667 16.94 81 360 60 1524 CS2101 608 2704 .391 9.93 388 1726

72 1829 CSP21 180 800 .960 24.38 56 249 CS2101 506 2251 .563 14.30 270 1201

CSP21 154 685 1 .307 33.20 41 182 84 2133 CS2101 434 1930 .766 19.45 198 881

96 2438 CSP21 135 600 1 .707 43.36 32 142 CS2101 380 1690 1 .001 25.42 1 52 676

CSP21 120 534 2.160 54.86 25 111 108 2743 CS2101 338 1503 1 .267 32.18 120 534

--

CSP21 108 480 2.667 67.74 20 89 120 3048 CS2101 304 1352 1 .564 39.72 97 431

Based on simple beam condition using an allowable design stress of 25000 psi (172 MPa) with adequate lateral bracing. To determine concentrated load capacity at mid span. multiply uniform load by 0.5 and corresponding deflection by 0.8. Limited by spot weld shear.

COLUMN LOADING

1 / 360 Span

Lbs. N 1079 4799 1270* 5649 337 1499

1270* 5649

150 667 719 3198

84 373 404 1797

54 240 259 1152

37 164 180 800

28 124 132 587

21 93 101 449

17 75 80 356

13 58 65 289

Max. Column Loading K = .80 Max. Column Loading (Loaded @ C. G.) Unbraced Channel Loaded @ Loaded@

K= .65 K = 1.0 K = 1.2 Height Style C.G Slot Face

In mm Lbs. N Lbs. N Lbs. N Lbs. N Lbs. N

12 305 CSP21 8407 37396 3162 14065 8543 38001 8205 36497 7989 35537 CS2101 19160 85228 5290 23531 19425 86407 18777 83524 18363 81682

24 609 CSP21 7519 33446 2755 12255 7879 35047 6521 29007 5397 24007 CS2101 17444 77595 4955 22041 18144 80708 16412 73004 15275 67946

36 914 CSP21 5397 24007 2152 9572 6653 29594 3616 16085 2511 11169 CS2101 15275 67946 4496 19999 16547 73605 13376 59499 11243 50011

CSP21 3178 14136 1560 6939 4785 21285 2034 9047 1412** 6281 48 1219 CS2101 12692 56457 3936 17628 14667 65242 9683 43072 6780 30159

CSP21 2034 9047 1159 5155 3081 13705 1302** 5791 904** 4021 60 1524 CS2101 9683 43079 3383 15048 12516 55674 6248 27792 4339 19301 CSP21 1412** 6281 891 3963 2139 9515 904** 4021 - -

72 1829 CS2101 6780 30159 2799 12450 10084 44856 4339 19301 3013 13402

2133 CSP21 1038** 4617 704 3131 1572 6992 664** 2953 - -

84 CS2101 4981 22156 2337 10395 7545 33562 3188 14181 2214** 9848

CSP21 794** 3532 570 2535 1203** 5351 - - - -96 2438 CS2101 3814 16965 1973 8776 5777 25697 2441** 10858 1695** 7540

108 2743 CSP21 - 470 2090 951*• 4230 - - - -

CS2101 3013 13402 1684 7491 4564 20301 1928** 8576 1339** 5956

CSP21 - - 394 1752 770** 3425 - - - -

120 3048 CS2101 2441**' 10858 1452 6459 3697 16445 1562** 6948 - -

- 88 -

0 en ""D ......, �

m m )> s:: QO 0 0 r c: s:: z r 0 )> ,...-.....

c z G') 0 � )>

Page 95: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

LI N KSTRUT HARDWARES

L141

ROUND HEAD MACHINE SCREW

L1 44

CHANNEL NUT LONG SPRING

L147

STANDARD HEX NUT

L1 50

COUPLER NUT

L142

HEXAGON HEAD CAP SCREW

L1 45

CHANNEL NUT SHORT SPRING

L1 48

FLAT STEEL WASHER

L1 51

TREADED ROD

L1 43

CONE POINTED SET SCREW

L146

CHANNEL NUT SPRINGLESS

L1 49

LOCK WASHER

L1 52

"U" BOLT

- 89 -

Page 96: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd .

FLAT PLATE FITTINGS

LS 1 00 - SQUARE WASHER

LS 1 03 - THREE HOLE SPLICE PLATE

LS 1 33 - THREE HOLE CORNER PLATE

- 90 -

LS 1 01 - NO TWIST SQUARE WASHER

LS 1 04 - FOU R HOLE SPLICE PLATE

LS 1 34 - FOUR HOLE TEE PLATE

LS 1 02 - TWO HOLE SPLICE PLATE

LS 1 29 - THREE HOLE SWIVEL PLATE

LS 1 39 - FIVE HOLE CROSS PLATE

Page 97: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

FLAT PLATE GUSSET FITTINGS

LS 1 40 - THREE HOLE CORNER GUSSET PLATE

LS 1 44 - FIVE HOLE CORNER GUSSET PLATE

PART No. A"(mm)

LS495-A 1 2"(305)

LS495-B 1 7"(432)

LS495-C 1 8"(457)

LS 145 - FOUR HOLE CORNER GUSSET PLATE

LS 146 - FOUR HOLE GUSSET PLATE

45 DEG. KN EE BRACE

B"(mm)

1 0 1/8"(257) 1 3 3/8"(340) 14 3/8"(365)

LS 495 - TWO HOLE 45 DEG. KNEE BRACE

LS 1 45A - FOUR HOLE CO RNER GUSSET PLATE

LS 1 47 - FIVE HOLE TEE GUSSET PLATE

- 9 1 -

Page 98: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

90 DEG. ANGLE FITTINGS

LS 200 - TWO HOLE CORN E R ANGLE

LS 207 - UN IVERSAL SHELF BRACKET

LS 226 - FOUR HOLE GUSSETTED THREE WAY SHELF ANGLE

- 92 -

LS 201 - THREE HOLE CORNER ANGLE

LS 217 - THREE HOLE OFFSET BEND ANGLE

LS 234 - FIVE HOLE GUSSETTED SHELF ANGLE

LS 205 - FOU R HOLE CORNER ANGLE

LS 228 - FOUR HOLE OFFSET BEND TEE

LS 247- SIX HOLE GUSSETTED SHELF CONNECTION

Page 99: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

LS 300 - THREE HOLE r--- SINGLE CORNER RIGHT

HAND CONNECTION

LS 303 - SIX HOLE DOUBLE CORNE R CONNECTION

LS 306 - N INE HOLE TRIPLE WING CONNECTION

WI NG F ITTINGS

LS 301 - THREE HOLE SINGLE CORNER LEFT HAND CONN ECTION

LS 304 - EIGHT HOLE DOUBLE CORNER CONNECTION

LS 307 - EIGHT HOLE DOUBLE WING CONN ECTION

LS 302 - FOUR HOLE DOUBLE CORNER CONN ECTION

LS 305 - SIX HOLE TRI PLE WING CONN ECTION

LS 308 - TEN HOLE DOUBLE WING CONN ECTION

- 93 -

Page 100: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

LS 400 - THREE HOLE "U" SU PPORT FOR CSP 21 CHANNEL

l i/l" k. '/1'"

<38..JO X I4.l0>

LS 423 - S LOTTED THREE HOLE "U" SUPPORT FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL

LS 470 - THREE HOLE SWIVEL CLEVIS

- 94 -

"U" FITTI NGS

LS 401 - THREE HOLE "U" SUPPORT FOR CSP 41

CHANNEL

n.o;s

I 112" X 9/\6"

C3810 X \4.30)

LS 451 - GUSSETTED "U" SU PPORT FOR CSP 41

CHANNEL WITH SLOT

LS 475 - FIVE HOLE "U" SUPPORT

LS 41 1 - THREE HOLE OFFSET "U" SUPPORT FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL

LS 461 - SIX HOLE "U" SUPPORT FOR CS 4 1 0 1 CHANNEL

LS 479 - THREE HOLE LIGHT WEIGHT "U" SUPPORT

..........,_

Page 101: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

"Z" FITTINGS AND C HAN N E L CONN ECTORS

--- LS 801 - TWO HOLE LS 802 - TWO HOLE "Z" SU PPORT FOR CSP 21 "Z" SUPPORT FOR CSP 41

LS 803 - TWO HOLE OFFSET "Z" SU PPORT

LS 804 - THREE HOLE S H EATH CORNER CONNECTION

LS 805 - CHANNEL HANGER LS 900- STRAIGHT STRUT

LS 901 - 90 DEG. ELBOW STRUT CONNECTOR

FOR CSP 41 JOI NER

LS 902- TEE STRUT CONNECTOR

LS 903- CROSS STRUT CONNECTOR

- 95 -

Page 102: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CLEVIS AN D ANG U LAR FITTI NGS

LS 405/21- FOU R HOLE SPLICE CLEVIS FOR CSP 2 1 CHANNEL

LS 405/41 8- FOU R HOLE SPLICE CLEVIS FOR CSP 1 0 1 CHANNEL

LS 405/41 - FOU R HOLE SPLICE CLEVIS FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL

LS 471 - U WASHER

LS 492 - TWO HOLE CLOSED LS 493 - FOU R HOLE OPEN ANGLE ANGLE

- 96 -

LS 405/41 A- THREE HOLE SPLICE CLEVIS FOR �.

CSP 41 CHANNEL

LS 491 - TWO HOLE OPEN ANGLE

LS 497 - FOU R HOLE ADJUSTED HINGER

Page 103: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

LS 701 - BEAM CLAMP (6mm THICK)

LS 703 - I - BEAM CLAMP (6mm THICK)

LS 705 - "C" TYPE BEAM CLAMP

BEArv1 CLArJI PS

LS 701 A - BEAM CLAMP (1 Omm THICK)

LS 703A - I - BEAM CLAMP (1 0mm THICK)

LS 705A - "C" TYPE BEAM CLAMP

LS 702 - "Z" TYPE BEAM CLAMP

LS 704 - BEAM CLAMP

LS 706 - BEAM CLAMP

- 97 -

Page 104: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

POST BASES

Z-314" d:IO. holi>5 <19.0())

LS 601 A - SINGLE CHANNEL LS 61 1 A - SINGLE CHANNEL LS 61 2A - SINGLE CHANNEL THREE HOLE POST BASE THREE HOLE POST BASE THREE HOLE POST BASE FOR CSP 41 CHAN NEL FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL

lo-------,.,.�.--1.----..-t;..,---

LS 601 8 - SI NGLE CHANNEL LS 61 1 8 - SINGLE CHANNEL LS 6128 - SINGLE CHANNEL SIX HOLE POST BASE SIX HOLE POST BASE SIX HOLE POST BASE FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL FOR CSP 41 CHANNEL

LS 602A - DOUBLE CHANNEL LS 6028 - DOUBLE CHANNEL LS 602C - DOUBLE CHANNEL FOUR HOLE POST BASE FOUR HOLE POST BASE FOUR HOLE POST BASE FOR CS41 01 CHANNEL FOR CS41 01 CHANNEL FOR CS41 01 CHANNEL

- 98 -

Page 105: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

...--...

ElEcTaoliNk Co. LTd .

POST BASES

LS 622A - DOUBLE LS 6228 - DOUBLE LS 622C - DOUBLE CHANNEL HIGH POST BASE CHANNEL HIGH POST BASE CHAN NEL HIGH POST BASE FOR CS41 01 CHANNEL FOR CS41 01 CHANNEL FOR CS41 01 CHANNEL

LS 480 - FOUR HOLE CLEVIS

CLEVISES

LS 481 - THREE HOLE CLEVIS

LS 486 - THREE HOLE SUSPENSION CLEVIS

- 99 -

Page 106: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

END CAPS FOR CS41 CHANNEL (41 mm x 41mm)

CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL

LS 500 - 41 STEEL - MILL GALVANIZED FINISH

LS 500 - 41/H STEEL - HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION FINISH

LS 500 - 41/P PLASTIC ( BLACK OR BRIGHT ORANGE COLOR)

STEEL END CAPS

END CAPS FOR CS21 CHANNEL (41 mm x 21 mm)

CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL

LS 500 - 21 STEEL - MILL GALVANIZED FINISH

LS 500 - 21/H STEEL - HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION FINISH

LS 500 - 21/P PLASTIC ( BLACK OR BRIGHT ORANGE COLOR)

- 1 00 -

Page 107: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

LINK STRUT Metal Framing System STANDARD BRACKETS AND SUPPORTS

TYPE: C53

L501 70m r;:::::: 200 mm=-1 1 :::=;. 14 0 mm ==i 1 .

01 2 Locations

I- SUPPORT

HEAD PLATE

I- SUPPORT

LS04

r- 200 mm -----,

�I� lOJ_j

SUPPORT BRACKET

TYPE: C54

TYPE : CSS

TYPE: C56

L502

0 0 0 0 0 � CO 0 mm 0 0

T- SUPPORT q r- 200mm�

1Il _jmm HEAD PLATE

T- SUPPORT

LSOS

WALL BRACKET

TYPE: CS9

L503

f-200mm--j lff==il 50LI u

Q

U- SUPPORIDT ZOO mm

0 -_j HEAD PLATE l U- SUPPORT

LS06

FLOOR SUPPORT BRACKET

- 1 0 1 -

Page 108: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 1 02 -

MATERIAL : 2.5mm THICK STANDARD LENGTH : 3 METERS

STYROFOAM FILLER STRIP

26m

NAILING HOLE 6mm DIA.

STYROFOAM FILLER STRIP

END CAP

DESIGN LOADS: DESIGN LOADS FOR CSC41 IS 2000 LBS (8.89kN) PER

FOOT OF CONCRETE INSERT LENGTH WITH A SAFETY

FACTOR OF 3 IN AVERAGE GOOD CONCRETE.

LOADS CONCENTRA TED WITHIN THE LAST 2 INCHES

(50.8mm) OF CONCRETE INSERTS 8"(203.2mm) AND

LONGER SHOULD NOT EXCEED 1000Lbs (4.45kN).

41

CROSS SECTIONAL VIEW (DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS)

CAT. NO. : CSC41- 3 (MILL GALVANIZED FINISH)

CAT. NO. : CSC41- 3/H (HOT DIP GALVANIZED

AFTER FABRICATION [HDGAF] FINISH)

67

Page 109: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

MATERIAL : 2.5mm THICK STANDARD LENGTH : 3 METERS

26m

NAILING HOLE 6mm DIA.

2 1 m

BACK COVER PLATE

STYROFOAM FILLER STRIP

END CAP

DESIGN LOADS:

BACK COVER PLATE

STYROFOAM FILLER STRIP

26

21

41 DESIGN LOADS FOR CSC21 IS 2000 LBS (8.89kN) PER

FOOT OF CONCRETE INSERT LENG TH WITH A SAFETY

FACTOR OF 3 IN AVERAGE GOOD CONCRETE. CROSS SECTIONAL VIEW (DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS)

LOADS CONCENTRATED WITHIN THE LAST 2 INCHES

(50.8mm) OF CONCRETE INSERTS 8"(203.2mm) AND

LONGER SHOULD NOT EXCEED 1000Lbs (4.45kN).

CAT. NO. : CSC21 - 3 (MILL GALVANIZED FINISH)

CAT. NO. : CSC21 - 3/H (HOT DIP GALVANIZED

AFTER FABRICATION [HDGAF] FINISH)

47

- 1 03 -

Page 110: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTROLINK CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

TELECOMMO"ICATIO" SUPPORT PRODUCTS

Page 111: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

TELECOMMUrtiCfiTIOH SUPPOiUS PRODUCTS

CABLE SOPPOI{TS ArtD ACCESSORIES

CABLE RU NWAYS

12mm x 25mm x 3mm U-SHAPED RUNGS

DUCTING "TEE" FITTING

CABLE D U CTINGS

DUCTING 90 D E G ELBOW

- 1 05 -

Page 112: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

TELECOMMUtt iCfiTIOtt SUPPOiUS PitODUas

CfiBLE RUnWAY SUPPORT MfiTERifiLS. ACCESSORIES

AnD EfiRTttltl<i PRODUCTS

ANGLE SUPPORT

@ -

CABLE RUNWAY SUPPORT

ANGLE BRACKET AUXILLARY WALL

SUPPORT

~ � � CORNER CLIP CORNER CLIP

AUXILLARY CHANNEL FRAMING

# tt3 45 DEG.

CABLE RU NWAY DOUBLE

- 2 SIDES -1 SIDE SPLICE CLAMP INSIDE EDGE RUBBER END CAP

- 1 06 -

G-CLIPS FOR CABLE RUNWAYS

CABLE RU NWAY HANGER CLIP

NEWTON GROUND BAR ASSEMBLY

INSULATORS

CLAMP

J-BOLT I � I I �

CABLE RU NWAY 45 DEG OUTSIDE EDGE

GROUND ANGLE BRACKET BRACKET

BACK MOUNT FRAME

Page 113: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

TELECOMMUrt iCATIOtl SOPPOiUS PitODOm

AHTErtrtfi MfiSTS fi"D POLES

� LIGHTNING ROD f::

� LIGHTNING ::v-oD --.----+--' ·· ·�\ ;jtj{7 \ \b!"',t •. ·::.o� i •' •' �� '

; : LIGHTNING ROD : : HOLDER " , , \ ��'�n/ \\ I PLANAR ----i-- .---- ' ' F="

6m

3" PIPE SCH 40 89mm O.D.

1\ CABLE

4 LOCATIONS / BRACKETS

LENGTH

Jm - 6m

\: I I ANTENNAE

t. •:

.

'�

� 2·112" dia .PIPE SCH. 40

___L-- -

6m

COMBINATION 4 WAY ANTENNA MAST WITH LIGHTNING ROD HOLDER

LIGHTNING ROD POLE

� •' • ' • ' • ' �·. ' , , , ,

� : : , , 12mm�

LIGHTNING ROD

PIPE CAP WITH THREADED HOLE

3" PIPE SCH 40 89mm O.D.

LIGHTNING ROD POLE

- 1 07 -

Page 114: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 1 08 -

TELECOMMUrtiCfiTIOtl SUPPOiUS PitODUCTS

SPECIAL FfiBitiCfiTED PULL BOXES

firtD ErtCLOSUitES

STANDARD PULL BOXES

S[I.J .I..�SI V!: vea"" �SKE

LINKBOX

WEATHER PROOF HINGED COVER

ENCLOSURES

SPECIAL FABRICATED BOXES

SPECIAL CABLE TROUGHINGS

Page 115: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

ENCLOSURES AND CONTROLS

·-�--,-· ___ _ . ,.,_11 , ! ' ' ·

• • I ! I �

MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD

CONSTRUCTION :-* FREE STANDING TYPE, RIGID PRESSED STEEL ENCLOSURE

WITH HINGED DOORS AND LOCKS . * WITH FLASH KEY LOCKING DEVICE (PLASTIC OR STEEL). * FRONT DOOR HINGED TYPE. * ENCLOSURE IS MADE OF 1 .5mm THICK STEEL SHEET. * FRONT PLATE AVAILABLE FOR PROTECTION AGAINST

DIRECT CONTACT WITH LIVE PARTS. * GASKETTED TO ENSURE REQUIRED SEALING STANDARDS.

* DEGREE OF PROTECTION - lP 54 * FINISH: RAL 7032, PEBBLE GREY POLYESTER POWDER

COATING INSIDE AND OUTSIDE THE SURFACE. * ELECTRICAL DESIGN : IN COLLABORATION WITH SCHNEIDER

ELECTRIC USING MERLIN GERIN COMPONENTS.

* APPLICATION : MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD IN STC'S G.S.M I E5, E6 SHELTER AS SPECIFIED AND APPROVED BY SAUDI TELECOM COMPANY ( S.T.C)

WALL MOUNTED TYPE SINGLE DOOR

ENCWSURE.

CONSTRUCTION :-* 1 .5 OR 2mm THICK STEEL SHEET. * DOOR AND BODY STIFFENERS FOR EXTRA RIGIDITY. * COLLAR STUDS PROVIDED FOR MOUNTING PANEL

OR TERMINAL.

* EMBOSSED MOUNTING HOLES AT THE BACK OF ENCLOSURE.

* KNOCKOUTS IN BOTTOM OR SIDES, ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATION I REQUIREMENTS.

* GASKETTED TO ENSURE REQUIRED SEALING STANDARDS. * DEGREE OF PROTECTION - lP 54 * FINISH: RAL 7032, PEBBLE GREY POLYESTER POWDER

COATING, INSIDE AND OUTSIDE SURFACE.

* APPLICATION : ACCESS CONTROL PANEL BUILDING ALARM TERMINATION BOX ( B.A.T.B) AND OTHER SPECIAL APPLICATIONS FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR.

JUNCTION BOX.

* 1 .5mmTHICK STEEL SHEET. * WIDE SELECTION OF SIZES AVAILABLE AS PER CUSTOMER'S

REQUIREMENTS. * STANDARD SIZE OF HOLES OR KNOCKOUTS TO FACILITATE

CONDUIT ENTRIES.

- 1 09 -

Page 116: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

SPECIAL PRODUCTS

- 1 1 0 -

CABLE CLAMP.

* 132 KV CABLE CLAMP FOR SINGLE CORE XLPE 1 X 800mm TO 1200mm AND 33 KV CABLE CLAMP.

* MATERIAL : CAST ALUMINUM.

* FINISH: GREEN GREY POLYESTER POWDER COATED OR ZINC COATED.

DUST TIGHT AND WATER TIGHT JUNCTION BOXES.

FEATURES :-

* WIDE SELECTION OF TYPES AND SIZES.

AVAILABLE IN

* COPPER - FREE CAST ALUMINUM OR CAST IRON BOX AND COVER.

* STAINLESS STEEL COVER SCREWS.

* MECHANICALLY ATTACHED NEOPRENE GASKETS.

* SAFETY CHAIN IS ATTACHED TO THE BOX AND COVER.

* CONDUIT ENTRIES.

EQUIPMENT RACK

* FLOOR STANDING TYPE.

* RIGID 19" FRAME FABRICATED OF 3MM THICK STEEL SHEET.

* SUITABLE RIGID BASE OF PRESSED STEEL.

* 1 9" UN IVERSAL HOLE PATTERN FOR MOUNTING.

* SPECIAL WIDTHS AND MOUNTING PITCHES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST.

* FINISH: RAL 7032 GREY POLYESTER POWDER COATED.

* APPLICATION : TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT, BATTERY RACK etc.

Page 117: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd. M �..�,, > ""' �4�1 �J �� '�'ot;•k c,o··

ELECTROLINK CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

TYPICAL APPLICATION AND REFERENCE DATA

Page 118: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 1 1 2 -

TYPICffL fiPPUCATIOns

ILLUSTRATED O N THE SUCCEEDING PAGES ARE THE NUMEROUS WAYS TO INSTALL LINKSTRUT METAL FRAMING CHANNELS AND FITTINGS USED FOR ELECTRICAL, MECHAN ICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, INSTRUMENTATION AND OTHER IN DUSTRIAL SUPPORTS APPLICATIONS.

Page 119: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Legend: 1 = Ladder cable tray 2 = Ventilated cable tray 3 = Solid-bottom cable tray 4 = Rigid connector

5 = Horizontal elbow 6 = Horizontal tee 7 = Horizontal cross 8 = Vertical elbow

9 = Vertical tee

10 = Reducer 1 1 = Channel cable tray 12 = Divider 13 = Cover 14 = Tray-to-box connector 15 = Channel vertical elbow 16 = Blind end 17 = Dropout

ILLUSTRATlON OF SELECTED DEFINITIONS

- 1 1 3 -

Page 120: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

- 1 1 4 -

-=

fl:J �� �� LI® O[h]�@Dlb

[LDU\Jmrm®IT �[XJ@[h][f\]�� @U\J® (?OliUOU\J@�

INSERT SPRING NUT TO UNKSTRUT CHANNE�S CONTINUOUS SLOT

POSITION INTO PLACE REQUIRED LINKSTRUT CHANNEL FITTING WITH BOLT TO START CONNECTION

A 90 DEG. TWIST ALIGNS SPRING NUT GROOVE WITH LIN KSTRUT CHANNEL'S INTURNED LIPS.

Page 121: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

TRAPEZE TYPE HANGING SUPPORTS

ME SERIES (VENTILATED) CABLE TROUGHING

- 1 1 5 -

Page 122: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

·:� :J i -� �·

t.A

1 :r :o

\j 1-_,

e u �

z · ---

e Cl:: 1-� ...,

--1.1.1

( l

SINGLE CHANNEL 3 HOLE POST BASE

CSP-41 LINKSTRUT SINGLE

CHANNEL

CSP-41 LINKSTRUT DOUBLE CHANNEL (BACK TO

HANGING SUPPORTS • CEILING MOUNTED FUME <D � �

Page 123: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

. -----

ElEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

CHANNEL PIPE CLAMP

CHANNEL

CS2 - DOUBLE CHANNEL BRACKET

CS3 - SINGLE HOLE HOOK BRACKET

CS4 WALL BRACKET

CSC41 CONCRETE INSERT

WALL MOUNTED SUPPORTS - 1 1 7 -

Page 124: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd .

CS1 SINGLE CHANNEL

BRACKET

CS2

DOUBLE CHANNEL BRACKET

PIPE CLAMPS

FLOOR/CEILING SUPPORTS • 2

- 1 1 8 -

Page 125: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcraoliNk Co. LTd.

----=--J

- 1 1 9 -

Page 126: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

en 0 z -c c( 0 ..J :E c( w m

SIMPLE BEAMS

R = f 2

V max. = � M max • fl -

4

- PI' e:,. max. - 48EI

� R R Vmax. = � 2

M max = � - 4 ll max. = �

� � R. I R.

vllllllllllllllll • M�

R,=f!? I

V max = � - I

M max. = Pab I

ll max. at x =J � Pab(a + 2b)J3a(a + 2b) 6 max. = 27EII

z 0 :E :E 0 0 FIXED BEAMS ONE END, SUPPORTED AT OTHER

z 0 en � ::l :E 0:: 0 u.

vllllllllllllllillurnu R • �

' 16

Vmax.= 11P 16

M max • 3PI - 16

M� t:.max. (at X = 0.447�

� = 0 009317 fL' . El

FIXED BEAMS AT BOTH ENDS

~ I V .mJI llllliill1ill -�

V max. • f 2

M max. • f!. 8

e:,. max. = PI' 192EI

CANTILEVER BEAMS

~ I

V max. • P

M max. • PI

vlllllllllllllllllllllllll M�

llmBX."' PI' 3EI

Legend R - Reaction M - Moment

P - Concentrated Load

- 1 20 -

R ., 3W ' 8

� I Vmax. = 5W R 8

� M max = �

er .. R, I R,

Pb' 2[• (a + 2/)

v lllllllllllllllllll • Ri= � (31'-a') 21' -1 �� - 8

M� llm&X-�tx��.42151)M� f- � --ru 185EI � M at point of load • R.a

v max. .. � 2

M max. • 'tJ! 12

- .K_ 6 max. - 38-4EI

� ::::� v _ w • � "max. - 8EI

M -=ummnnnrw

W - Total Load on Beam

V - Shear

M at fixed end=� (a + I)

R.= f!?' (38 + b) I'

R. I R, R>= 'i¥' (a + 3b)

V� -�. ~ I

V 111111111111111111111 M �

� - Deflection E - Elastic Modulus

I - Moment of Inertia

M.= Pab' I'

M.• Pab' ,.--

Vmax. • p M max. • Pb

max ,. Pb'(3i-b) 6 . 6EI

Page 127: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

DESIGN APPLICATIONS

The data shown in the beam load charts for appropriate channels on the beam loading data table on page 85 to 87 are for simply supported, single span beams with a uniformly distributed load. For other loading and I or support conditions. use the appropriate factor from the cart below.

Load Deflection LOAD AND SUPPORT CONDITION Factor Factor

Simple Beam - Uniform Load r::zozmmmnm�'(;���"mmmlllllll':l 1.00 1.00

Simple Beam - Concentrated Load at Center t .50 .80 + • Simple Beam - Two Equal Concentrated Loads at 1/4 Points I I 1.00 1 . 10

t l I Beam Fixed at Both Ends - Uniform Load 'tuuummmmmummmmmmmmmnal 1.50 .30

Beam Fixed at Both Ends - Concentrated Load at Center I i I 1.00 .40

Cantilever Beam - Uniform Load �0/IIIIIWWIWII/17/IIIIIIWII0/0/0/IIIIIIUIII .25 2.40

t Cantilever Beam - Concentrated Load at End I . 12 3.20

Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans - Uniform Load on One S�an 1 .30 .92 CJ!!o/111';�:�1'11''� Span :J

Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans - Uniform Load on Both Spans 1.00 .42 fUIIIUIIIIIIIII/WUIII�U/IIUU/IIIIU/IIUI/111.

Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans - Concentrated Load at Center of One Span I + f Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans - Concentrated Load at Center of Both Spans

I

EXAMPLES :

PROBLEM:

Calculate the maximum, allowable load and

corresponding deflection ' of a simply supported CSP 41 beam with a concentrated load at midspan as shown.

96" SOLUTION : From beam load chart for CSP 41 maximum allowable load is � and the corresponding deflection is B.. Multiplying by the appropriate factors shown in the above chart.

LOAD = A x load factor = ___ _

DEFLECTION = .B. x deflection factor =

+ f

.62 .71 +

.67 .48 *

+

PROBLEM :

Calculate the maximum allowable load and

corresponding deflection of a cantilever CS 4101 beam with a uniformly distributed load.

lWmJODP/00/WOIIIUOOUOOIIIII/011/0it SOLUTION : From beam load chart for CS 4101 maximum allowable load is A and the corresponding deflection is .B.. Multiplying by the appropriate factors shown in chart above.

LOAD = .8 x load factor = ___ _

DEFLECTION = B. x d.e.tkl.cti<UJ..factor = ___ _

;::a m "T1 m ;::a m z n m c � )>

- 1 2 1 -

Page 128: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

� Metric Conversion Chart <( c w 0 z w 0:: w lJ.. w 0:::

To Conver:t From

Angle degree radian (rad)

Area foot 2 inch 2 circular mil sq. Centimeter (cm2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2)

Temperature degree Fahrenheit degree Celsius

Force pounds - force (lbf)

Length foot (ft) inch (in) mil inch millimeters meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (urn)

Volume fooP inch3 cubic centimeter (cm3) cubic meter (m3) cubic meter (m3) gallon (U.S.Iiquid)

Section Properties section modulus S (in3) moment of inertia I (in4) modulus of elasticity E (psi) section modulus S (m3) moment of inertia I (m4) modulus of elasticity E (Pa)

- 1 22 -

To

Radian (rad) degree

square meter (m2) square meter (rnz) square meter (m2) square inch (in2) foot2 inch2 circular mil

degree Celsius degree Fahrenheit

newtons (N)

meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (um) inch (in) foot (ft) inch (in) mil inch (in)

cubic meter (mJ) cubic meter (m3) cubic inch (in3) foot3 inch3

cubic meter (mJ)

S (m3) I (m4) E (Pa) s (inl) I (in� E (psi)

Multiply By

0.01 745329 57.295780

0.09290304 0.0064516 X 1 0·2 0.00005067075 X 1 ()-5 0.1 5500030

1 0.763910 1 550.0030

1973523000.0

toe = (t°F - 32) I 1.8 fF: 1 .8t0C + 32

4.4482220

0.30480 0.02540 0.002540 X 10·3

25400.0 0.039370 3.280840

39.370080 39370.0080

0.039370080 X 10 -3

0.028316850 0.01 6387060 X 10-3 0.061023740

35.314660 61023.760

0.0037854120

0.016387060 X 10-3

0.00041623140 X 1 0"3 6894.7570

61023.740 2402510.0

0.014503770 X 1 0 �

Page 129: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Metric Conversion Chart To Convert From To

Bending Moment or Torque lbf . ft newton meter (N.m) lbf . in newton meter (N.m) N.m lbf . ft N.m lbf . In

Mass ounce (avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) pound (avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) ton (short, 2000 lb) kilogram (kg) ton (long, 2240 lb) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) ounce (avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) pound (avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) ton (short, 2000 lb) �i logram (kg) ton (long, 2240 lb)

/· Mass Per Unit Length lb I ft kilogram per meter (kg/m)

lb I in kilogram per meter (kg/m)

kilogram per meter (kg/m) lb I ft kilogram per meter (kg/m) lb I in

Mass Per Unit Volume lb I ft3 kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)

lb / ln3 kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)

kilogram per cubic meter (kg I m3) lb I ft3 kilogram per cubic meter (kg I m3) lb I in3

lb I ft3 lb I in3

Mass Per Unit Area kilogram per square meter (kg/m2 )

lb I ft2 kg I m2

pound per square foot (lb/fF )

Pressure or Stress pascal (Pa) lbf I in2 (psi) pascal (Pa) kip I in3 (ksi) megapascals (MPa) lbf I in2 (psi) pound-force per square inch (psi) pascal (Pa) kip per square inch (ksi) pascal (Pa) lbf I in2 (psi) megapascals (MPa)

Metric Symbols m = meter N = newton cm = centimeter kN = kilonewton mm = millimeter Pa = pascal um = micrometer MPa = megapascal kg = kilogram

Multiply By

1.3558180 0.11298480 0 .7 3756210 8.8507480

0.028 349520 0.45359240

90 7.18470 1016.0470

35.273960 2.2046220 0 .0011023110 0 . 98420640 x 1o-3

1 .488 1 640 1 7 .857970 0.67196890 0.55997410

1 6 .018460 27679 .90

0.062427970 0 .03612730 X 10-3

1728.0

4.8824280 0 .2048 1 6 10

6894.7570 6894757.0

0.0068947570 0 .0014503770 X 10·1 0 .0014503770 X 1 fr

145.03770

:::0 m "TI m :::0 m z 0 m c � )>

- 1 23 -

Page 130: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

� <C c w 0 z w 0:: w Ll.. w 0::

RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (H EAVY WALL CONDUIT)

Nominal Conduit Size

lri. mm

318''

112" 3/4"

In.

Outside Diameter

mm

Dimensions taken from ANSI C80.1-1 977

In.

Nominal Inside

Diameter

mm

INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC)

Nominal Nominal Outside Inside

Conduit Size Diameter Diameter

In. mm In. mm In. mm

1/2" 1 5 0.815 20.7 .675 17. 1 3/4" 20 1.029 261 879 223

1" 25 1.290 32.7 1 . 1 20 28.4 11/4" 32 1.638 41 6 1 .468 37.3 1 112" 40 1 .883 47.7 1 .703 43.3 2" 50 2.360 59.9 2.170 55.1 2112" 65 2.857 72.5 2.597 66.0 3" 80 3.476 88.3 _3.216 _8_1.7 31n" 90 3.971 100.8 3.71 1 94.3 4" 100 4.466 113.4 4.206 106.8

Minimum Weight Per 100 Ft. (30.5m) with

Couplings Attached

Lbs. kg

Minimum Weight Per 100 Ft. (30.5m) with

Couplings Attached

Lbs. kg

60.0 27.2 82 n 37.2

116.0 52.6 150.0 68.0 182.0 82.5 242.0 109.7 428.0 194.1 526.0 nBR 612.0 277.6 682.0 309.4

Weight of conduit and Conductors

Per 100 Ft. (30.5m)*

Lbs. kg

Weight of conduit and Conductors

Per 100 Ft. (30.5m)*

Lbs. kg

82.1 37.2 122.8 55.7 182.3 82.7 267.3 121.2 341.8 155.0 503.8 228.5 775.0 351.5

1nf1j:l n 485.0 1346.0 610.8 1632.0 740.5

*Conduit plus weight of heaviest conductor combination as specified by the National Electrical Code.

Rigid and Intermediate Metal Conduit shall be supported at least every 10 feet (3.05m) and within 3 feet (914mm) of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting.

Except for straight runs of conduit connected with couplings which may be supported in accordance with NEC Article 345 and 346, provided such supports prevent transmission of stresses to termination where conduit is deflected between supports.

Conduit Size - Inches (mm)

1/2-3/4 1

1 1/4-1112 2-2112 3-6

(1 5-20) (25)

(32-40) (50-65) (80-1 50)

Maximum Support Span Feet (Meters)

1 0 feet (3.05 m) 1 2 feet (3.66 m) 14 feet (4.27 m) 16 feet (4.88 m) 20 feet (6.1 0 m)

- 1 24 -

Page 131: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd .

ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) - THI NWALL CONDUIT

Nominal Minimum Weight Weight of conduit Nom inal Outside Inside Per 100 Ft. (30.5m) with and Conductors

Conduit Size Diameter Diameter Couplings Attached Per 100 Ft (30.5m)*

In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. kg Lbs. kg

3/8" 10 0.577 14.7 0.493 12.5 23.0 10.4 36.6 166 1/2" 1 5 0.706 17.9 0.622 1 5.8 28.5 12.9 50.6 23.0 �/4" 20 0.922 23.4 0.824 20.9 43.5 19.7 84.3 38.2

1" 25 1 . 163 29.5 1 .049 26.6 64.0 29.0 130.3 59.1 11/4" 32 1.510 38.3 1.380 35.1 95.0 43.1 212.3 963 1112" 40 1.740 44.2 1 .610 40.9 110.0 49.9 269.8 1224 2" 50 2.197 55.8 2.067 52.5 140.0 63.5 401.8 182.3

21/2" 65 2.875 73.0. 2.73..1 69.4 205.0 93.0 579.0 262.6 3" 80 3.500 88.9 3.356 85.2 250.0 113.4 826.3 3748 .31J2: - _9Q_ 4.000. __ 10L6 3,_83A_ _.9ZA_ -c...- 325 0 1A1.A_ 1098 0 49.8�Q_ 4" 100 4.500 114 .3 4.334 1 1 0.1 370.0 167.8 1 364.0 618.7

Dimensions taken from ANSI C80.3-1977.

*Conduit plus weight of heaviest conductor combination as specified by the National Electrical Code.

Electrical Metallic tubing shall be supported at least every 10 feet (3.05m) and within 3 feet (914mm) of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet or fitting. See NEC Article 348.

RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT

Nominal Minimum Weight Weight of conduit Nom inal Outside Inside Per 100 Ft. (30.5m) with and Conductors

Conduit Size Diameter Diameter Couplings Attached Per 100 Ft (30.5m)*

In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. kg Lbs. kg

1/2" 15 0.840 21.3 0.632 16.1 27.4 1 2.4 49.5 22 .5 314" 20 1 .050 26.7 0.836 21.2 36.4 1 6.5 77.2 35.0

1" 25 1 .315 33.4 1 .063 27.0 53.0 24.0 119.3 54.1 1 114" 32 1.660 42.2 1 .394 35.4 69.6 31 .6 186.9 84.8 1 1/2" 40 1900 48.3 1 .624 41.2 _82_.2 37.3 242.0 109.8 2" 50 2 375 603 2.083_ 52.9 115.7 52.5 377.5 171.2 2112" 65 2.875 73.0 2.489 63.2 182.5 82.8 556.5 252.4 3" 80 3.500 88.9 3.090 78.5 238.9 108.4 815..2. 369.8 31/2" 90 4.000 101.6 3.570 90.7 287.7 130 5 1061.0 481.3 4" 100 4 500 114 3 4 050 10? g ..340.0 154.2 1334.0 6051 5" 1 25 5.563 141 .3 5.073 128J)_ 465.4 2 1 1 . 1 2028,0 91 9.9 6" 1 50 6.625 168.3 6.093 154.8 612.5 277.8 2870.0 1301.8

Dimensions taken from ANSI CBO.S-1977.

*Conduit plus weight of heaviest conductor combination as specified by the National Electrical Code.

Aluminum Rigid Conduit shall be supported at least every 1 0 feet (3.05m) and within 3 feet (914mm) of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting.

Except for straight runs of conduit connected with couplings which may be supported in accordance with NEC Table 346-12, provided such supports prevent transmission of stresses to termination where conduit is deflected between supports.

Conduit Size - Inches (mm)

1/2-3/4 1 1 1/4-11/2 2-2112 3-6

(15-20) (25) (32-40) (50-65) (80-150)

Maximum Support Span Feet (Meters)

1 0 feet (3.05 m) 12 feet (3.66 m) 14 feet (4.27 m) 16 feet (4.88 m) 20 feet (6.10 m)

- 1 25 -

;tJ m "T1 m ;tJ m z 0 m c � >

Page 132: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

� c( c w (.) z w � w LL w �

- 1 26 -

SCHEDULE 40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE

Nominal Pipe Size

Outside Diameter

Inside Diameter

Weight of Pipe Per 100 Ft. (30.5m)

1 cubic ft. Of water weighs 62.41 Lbs. 1 cubic meter of water weighs 999.972 kg. 1 gallon (U.S.) VVeighs 8.335 Lbs. 1 liter weighs .999 kg.

ALL THREADED ROD (ATR)

Nominal Size (In) Root Area Design Load (SF=5)

and Thread ln.2 cm2 Lbs. KN

114-20" 0.027 0.174 240 1.07 5116-18"' 0.045 0.290 400 1.78

318-16"' 0.068 0.438 _6_10 2 71 112-13" 0.126 0.812 1130 5.03 518-11" 0.202 1,3Q_3_ 1810 8.05 3/4-10" 0.302 1.948 27 10 12.05 718-9"' 0.419 2.703 3770 16.77

1-8" 0.551 3.561 A96Q_ 22.06 1 1/8-7" 0.693 A.4L1 6230 27.71 1 114-7"' -�t889_ 5.735 8000 35.58 1 112-6"' 1.293 8.342 11630 51.73

Dimensions taken from ANSI 81. 1-1982 Unified Inch Screw Threads. All threads are UNCR series.

Tabulated loads are based on an allowable tensile stress of 12000 psi (82.7 MPa) reduced by 25% resulting in 9000 psi (62 MPa). From ANSI / MSS SP-58, Table 3.

Weight of Pipe Filled With Water

Per 100 Ft. (30.5m)

Page 133: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

COPPER TUBING, TYPE L

Nominal Pipe Size

Outside Diameter

COPPER TUBING, TYPE K

Nominal Pipe Size

Outside Diameter

Dimensions taken from ASTM B 88-83.

1 cubic ft. Of water weighs 62.41 Lbs. 1 cubic meter of water weighs 999.972 kg. 1 gallon (U.S.) V\leighs 8.335 Lbs. 1 liter weighs .999 kg.

Inside Diameter

Inside Diameter

Weight of Pipe Per 100 Ft (30.5m)

Weight of Pipe Per 100 Fl (30.5m)

Weight of Pipe Filled With Water

Per 100 Ft (30.5m)

Weight of Pipe Filled With Water Per 100 Fl (30.5m)

:;2J m "T1 m :::tl m z 0 m c � J>

- 1 27 -

Page 134: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

� <( c w u z w a:: w LL w a::

ELEcTRoliNk Co. LTd.

STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE

Nominal Pipe Size

In. mm

318" 1/2"

Outside Diameter

In. mm

Dimensions taken from ASTM A53-82.

1 cubic ft. Of water weighs 62.41 Lbs. 1 cubic meter of water weighs 999.972 kg. 1 gallon (U.S.) Weighs 8.335 Lbs. 1 I iter weighs .999 kg.

Inside Diameter

In. mm

Weight of Pipe Per 100 Ft. (30.5m)

Lbs. k

Weight of Pipe Filled With Water

Per 100 Ft (30.5m)

COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES The following table lists the pipe sizes and wal thicknesses currently established as standard, or specifiCally :

1. The tradHional standard weight, extra strong, and double extra strong pipe.

2. The pipe waU thickness schedules listed in American Slandard 636. 10, which are applicable to carbon steel.

NOMINAL OUT- NOMINAL WALL

PIPE SIDE SCHEO. SCHED. SCHED. SCHED. SCHED. STAND-SIZE DIAM. ss• 105' 10 20 30 ARD

Ys 0.405 - 0.049 - - - 0.068

v. 0.540 0.065 -- 0.088

¥s 0.675 - 0.065 - - -- 0.091

Y4 0.840 0.065 0.083 - - -- 0.109

¥4 1 .050 0.065 0.083 - - 0.113 1 1 .31 5 0.065 0.109 - - - 0.109

1 Y• 1 .660 0.065 0.109 0.140

1h 1.900 0.065 0.109 - - - 0.145

2 2.375 0.065 0.109 - - -- 0.154

2y, 2.875 0.083 0.120 - - - 0.203

3 3.50Q 0.083 0.120 - 0.216

3V2 4.000 0.083 0.120 - - - 0.226

4 4.500 0.083 0.120 -- 0.237

5 5.563 0.109 0.134 - - -- 0.258

6 6.625 0.109 0.134 - -- 0.280

8 8.625 0.109 0.148 - 0.250 0.277 0.322

1 0 10.750 0.134 0.165 - 0.250 0.307 0.365

1 2 12.750 0.156 0.180 - 0.250 0.330 0.375

14 0.0. 14.000 0.156 0.250 0.250 0.312 0.375 0.375

16 0.0. 16.000 0.165 0.250 0.250 0.312 0.375 0.375

18 0.0. 18 .000 0.165 0.250 0.250 0.312 0.438 0.375

200.0. 20.000 0.188 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.375

22 0.0. 22 .000 0.188 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.375

240.0. 24.000 0.218 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.562 0.375

260.0. 26.000 -- - 0.312 0.500 - 0.375

28 0.0. 28.000 -- 0.312 0.500 0.625 0.375

300.0. 30.000 0.250 0.312 0.312 0.500 0.625 0.375

32 0.0. 32.000 -- 0.312 0.500 0.625 0.375

340.0. 34.000 0.312 0.500 0.625 0.375 -- --360.0. 36.000 0.312 0.500 0.625 0.375

42 0 .0 . . 42.000 - - - 0.375 - --

- 1 28 -

3. The pipe wall thickness schedules listed in American Standard 636.19, and ASTM Specification A409, which are applicable only to corrosion resistant materials. (NOTE: Schedule 10S is also available in carbon steel in sizes 12" and smaller.)

ASA-836.1 0 and 636.19

THICKNESS FOR

SCHED. SCHEO. EXTRA SCHED. SCHED. 40 60 SlROHG 80 100

0.068 - 0.095 0.095 -

0.088 - 0.119 0.119 --

0.091 -- 0.126 0.126 --

0.109 -- 0.147 0.147 --

0.113 - 0.154 0.154 --0.109 - 0.179 0.179 --

0.140 - 0.191 0.191 --

0.145 - 0.200 0.200 --0.154 - 0.218 0.218 --0.203 -- 0.276 0.276 --

0.216 - 0.300 0.300 --0.226 0.311'1 0.318 --0.237 - 0.337 0.337 --0.258 -- 0.375 0.375 --

0.280 -- 0.432 0.432 --

0.322 0.406 0.500 0.500 0.594 0.365 0.500 0.500 0.594 0.719 0.406 0.562 0.500 0.688 0.844 0.438 0.594 0.500 0.750 0.938 0.500 0.656 0.500 0.844 0.031 0.562 0.750 0.500 0.938 1 . 1 56 0.594 0.812 0.500 1 .031 1.281

-- 0.857 0.500 1.125 1 .375 0.688 0.969 0.500 1.212 1 .531

- · O.SUU .. .. -· - 0.500 .. ---- - 0.500 .. . .

0.688 - 0.500 .. .. 0.688 - 0.500 -- .. 0.750 0.500 .. ..

- - 0.500 - -

SCHED. SCHED. 120 140

-- -

-- -

-- -

---- -

---- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

0.438 -

0.500 -

0.562 --0.719 0.812 0.844 1 .000 1 .000 1 .125 0.094 1 .250 1 .219 1 .438 1.375 1 .562 1.500 1 . 750 1 .625 1 .875 1.612 1 .062

.. ..

.. ..

.. . .

.. ..

.. ..

.. .. -- --

SCHED. 160 ----

-

0.188 0.219 0.250 0.250 0.281 0.344 0.375 0.438

0.531 0.625 0.719 0.906 1 . 1 25 1.312 1 .406 1.594 1 .781 1 .969 2.125 2.344

----.. .. . . ..

-

XX STRONG

--

--

0.294 0.308 0.358 0.382 0.400 0.436 0.552 0.600

--

0.674 0.750 0.864 0.875 1 .000 1 .000

--

--

------

--

..

..

..

..

. .

--

Page 135: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ElecTRoliNk Co. LTd.

DESIGN LOAD DATA (For typical channe l-fitting connections when used in pairs)

go• Fittings

OP [b []F [b [p Db I Channel

Thickness lbs. kN lbs. kN lbs. kN lbs. kN lbs. kN Lbs. kN

12 ga. (2.6) 1 500 (6.67) 1000 (4.45) 2000 (8.90)' 1 500 (6.67) 1500 {6.67) 1 000 (4.45) 14 ga. (1 .9) 1000 (4.45) 650 (2.89) 1500 (6.67) 1150 (5.12) 1000 (4.45) 650 {2.89) 16 ga. (1 .5) 750 (3 34) 500 (2 22) 900 (4.00) 650 (2.89) 1000 (4.45) 500 (2.22)

go• Fittings Flat Fittings

[JP [b [j? � ro � Channel

Thickness lbs. kN lbs. kN Lbs. kN Lbs. kN lbs. kN lbs. kN

12 ga. (2.6) 2500 (11 .12) 2000 (8.90) 3000 (13.34) 2500 (11 .12) 1000 (4.45) 1 000 (4.45) 14ga. (1 .9) 2000 (8.90) 1650 (7.34) 2000 (8.90) 1650 (7.34) 500 (3.56) 800 (3.56) 16ga. (1 .5) 1500 (6.67) 1250 (5.56) 1 500 (6.67) 1250 (5.56) 600 (2.67) 600 _12.672_

Design load data includes a safety factor of 2.5 (safety factor = ratio of ultimate load to design load).

- 1 29 -

Page 136: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

ELECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Definitions (From NEMA 250-2003)

In Non-Hazardous Locations: the specific enclosure Types, their applications,and the environmental conditions they are designed to protect against, when completely and properly installed, are as follows:

Type 1 : Enclosures constructed for indoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment and to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt.

Type 2- Enclosures constructed for indoor use to provide a degree of protection to person nel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, and to provide a degree of protection against dripping and light splashing of l iquids.

Type 3 - Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet, snow and windblown dust; and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type 3R - Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protectio!l to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet, and snow and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type 35 - Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet, snow and windblown dust; and in which the external mechanism(s) remain operable when ice laden.

Type 4 - Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling d irt, rain, sleet, snow and windblown dust, splashing water, and hose-directed water and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type 4X - Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against fall ing dirt, rain, sleet, snow and windblown dust, splashing water, and hose - directed water and corrosion, and that will be unda maged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type 5 - Enclosures constructed for indoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against fal l ing dirt, against setting airborne dust, lint, fiblers and flyings; and to provide a degree of protection against dripping and light splashing of l iquids.

Type 6 - Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, against hose-di rected water and the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth; and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type GP - Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, against hose-directed water and the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth; and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type 1 2 - Enclosu res constructed (without knockouts) for indoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, against circulating dust, lint, fiblers and flyings; and against dripping and light splashing of liquids.

Type 12K - Enclosures constructed (with knockouts) for indoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, against circulating dust, lint, fiblers and flyings; and against dripping and light splashing of liquids.

Type 1 3 - Enclosures constructed for indoor use to provide a degree of protection to person nel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, to provide a degree of protection against fa l l ing dirt, against circulating dust, lint, fiblers and flyings; and against the spraying, and seepage of water, oil and non corrosive coolants.

- 1 30 -

Page 137: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS

E�ECTRoliNk Co. LTd.

Table 2-l (From NEMA 250-2003)

Comparison of Specific Applications of Enclosures For Indoor Nonhazardous Locations

Provides a Degree of Protection Against the Type of Enclosure Following Environmental Conditions 1* 2* 4* 4x 5 6 6P

Incidental contact with the enclosed equipment X X X X X X X

Falling dirt X X X X X X X

Falling liquids and light splashing ... X X X X X X

Circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings** ... ... X X . .. X X

Setting airborne dust. lint, fibers, and flyings** ... ... X X X X X

Hosedown and splahing water ... ... X X ... X X

Oil and coolant seepage ... ... ... ... ... ... . ..

Oil or coolant spraying and splashing ... ... ... ... ... . . . . ..

Corrosive agents ... ... X X ... . .. X

Occasional temporary submersion ... ... ... . .. ... . .. . ..

Occasional prolonged submersion ... ... ... .. . ... ... .. .

* These enclosures may be ventilated.

1 2 12K 1 3

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

. . . . .. X

... ... . ..

X X X

. . . . . . X

** These fibers and flyings ore nonhazardous materials ond are not considered Class Ill ;ype ignitable fibers or combustible flyings. For Class 11 type ignitable fibers or combustible flyings see the Notional Electrical Code. Article 500.

- 1 31 -

Page 138: Electrolink-cable Management Systems - CABLE LADDER AND FITTINGS